+ All Categories
Home > Documents > repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a...

repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a...

Date post: 14-Sep-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 0 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
315
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF CHOLECYSTOKININ ACTIONS IN MAMMALIAN INFERIOR MESENTERIC GANGLION (AUTONOMIC REFLEX). Item Type text; Dissertation-Reproduction (electronic) Authors SCHUMANN, MUHAMMAD AHMAD. Publisher The University of Arizona. Rights Copyright © is held by the author. Digital access to this material is made possible by the University Libraries, University of Arizona. Further transmission, reproduction or presentation (such as public display or performance) of protected items is prohibited except with permission of the author. Download date 04/01/2021 17:50:45 Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/183872
Transcript
Page 1: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OFCHOLECYSTOKININ ACTIONS IN MAMMALIAN INFERIOR

MESENTERIC GANGLION (AUTONOMIC REFLEX).

Item Type text; Dissertation-Reproduction (electronic)

Authors SCHUMANN, MUHAMMAD AHMAD.

Publisher The University of Arizona.

Rights Copyright © is held by the author. Digital access to this materialis made possible by the University Libraries, University of Arizona.Further transmission, reproduction or presentation (such aspublic display or performance) of protected items is prohibitedexcept with permission of the author.

Download date 04/01/2021 17:50:45

Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/183872

Page 2: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

INFORMATION TO USERS

This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced technology has been used to pho­tograph and reproduce this manuscript, the quality of th~ reproduction is heavily d~pendent upon the quality of the material submitted. Pages in any manuscript may have indistinct print. In all cases the best available copy has been filmed.

The following explanation of techniques is provided to help clarify notations which may appear on this reproduction.

1. Manuscripts may not always be complete. When it is not possible to obtain missing pages, a note appears to indicate this.

2. When copyrighted materials are removed from the manuscript, a note ap­pears to indicate this.

3. Oversize materials (maps, draWings, and charts) are photographed by sec­tioning the original, beginning at the upper left hand corner and continu­ing from left to right in equal sections with small overlaps. Each oversize page is also filmed as one exposure and is available, for an additional charge, as a standard 35mm slide or in black and white paper format. *

4. Most photographs reproduce acceptably on positive microfilm or micro­fiche but lack clarIty on xerographic copies made from the microfilm. For an additional charge, all photographs are available in black and white stan,dard 35mm slide format. *

*For more information about black and white slides or enlarged paper reproductions, please contact the Dissertations Customer Services Department.

U-M-I Dissertation' Information Service

University Microfilms International A Bell & Howell Information Company , 300 N. Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106,

Page 3: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced
Page 4: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

8623861

Schumann, Muhammad Ahmad

ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF CHOLECYSTOKININ ACTIONS IN MAMMALIAN INFERIOR MESENTERIC GANGLION

The University of Arizona

University Microfilms

International 300 N. Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI48106

PH.D. 1986

Page 5: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced
Page 6: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF CHOLECYSTOKININ

ACTIONS IN MAMMALIAN INFERIOR MESENTERIC GANGLION

BY

Huhammad Ahmad Schumann

A Dissertation Submitted to the Faculty of the

DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY

In Partial fulfillment of the Requirements For the Degree of

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPY

In the Graduate College

THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA

1 986

Page 7: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA GRADUATE COLLEGE

As members of the Final Examination Committee, we certify that we have read

the dissertation prepared by MUHAMMAD AHMAD SCHUMANN

entitled ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF CHOLECYSTOKININ ACTIONS IN

MAMMALIAN INFERIOR MESENTERIC GANGLION.

and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation requirement

Date

Date ; ;

r9 (1-( F'~ Date

Date

Final approval and acceptance of this dissertation is contingent upon the candidate's submission of the final copy of the dissertation to the Graduate College.

I hereby certify that I have read this dissertation prepared under my direction and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation

Date J

Page 8: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

STATEMENT BY AUTHOR

This dissertation has been submitted in partial fulfillment of requirements for an advanced degree at The University of Arizona and is deposited in the University Library to be made available to borrowers under the rules of the library.

Brief quotations from this dissertation are allowable without special permission, provided that accurate acknowledgement of source is made. Requests for permission for extended quotation from or reproduction of this manuscript in whole or in part may be granted by the head of the major department or the Dean of the Graduate College when.in his or her judgment the proposed use of the material is in the interests of scholarship. In a11 other

instances, however, permission must be obt~~/,/~:~:~, . the author.

SIGNED ~0~.

Page 9: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

DEDICATION

To my parents, without whom I would not have realized this "dream".

To my mother, Reya, who has truly "felt" the joy, pain, excitement,

accomplishments and obstacles of her firstborn, and whose faith nourished me.

In love and respect to my father, Ahmad, whose early lessons in perseverance,

courage and a sense of adventure emerged among my assets during doctoral

study. In love and appreciation to my wife, Judie, whose encouragement,

emotional support and understanding created the right environment for my

endeavor.

iii

Page 10: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

PREFACE

Transmission in sympathetic ganglion can provide an example of how

diverse and complex peptide and biogenic amine-based chemical communication

can act to co-ordinate a series of behaviors related to a biological function.

It is likely that mUltiple classes of cellular receptors with different

subclasses respond selectively to certain members of the peptide family in

question. The fact that neuropeptides frequently are found to coexist with

each other or with one of the monoamine neurotransmitters adds to the

complexity of the peptide roles in the ganglion. Furthermore, considering

the complex anatomical network of the neuronal organization within the

ganglion, the conventional morphological criteria for synapses may actually

be misleading in identifying target neurons for a peptide transmitter.

Lastly, the heterogeneity of homologous ganglia among species with respect to

neurotransmitters, receptors, and neuronal organization reflects the

potentialities available for mUltiple modes of communication utilized by the

sympathetic ganglion.

To reduce this multitude of factors and to avoid obtaining irrelevant

data, the scientific investigator may study the role of one peptide or a group

of related peptides in a specific ganglion in two different mammalian

species. Accordingly, there were three fundamental pillars that the

research of my dissertation dealt with: a candidate peptide; a sympathetic

ganglion in which the peptide is suspected to have a role, and comparative

studies of this ganglion in two different species. The peptide was one of the

iv

Page 11: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

v

cholecystokinins and the ganglion was a prevertebral sympathetic ganglion in

the guinea pig and in the rabbit. The reason why these peptides, ganglion and

species were selected and how the studies were carried out experimentally are

presented in the initial chapters of this dissertation. In addition, these

chapters cover a comprehensive historical background of relevant studies,

identification of the gaps needed to be filled by the present work, synthesis

of the expected significant contributions that the present studies can

provide, and finally instrumenting the plan of each study.

Electrophysiology was the predominant tool in my investigations.

However, the approach varied depending on the situation, being mainly

pharmacological or physiological. As an example, the former was used to

construct dose-response curves for possible existence of a receptor and the

latter for establishing the relationship between exogeneously applied

substances and the endogeneously implemented ones. The bioassays were run

under controlled conditions, and the system for peptide delivery was

thoroughly examined and calibrated to assure reproducibility. Often the

electrophysiologist is unaware of the fate of the peptide under investigation

whether inside the pipette or in the superfusate. For more accurate

correlations between the effects and the parent peptide or its fragment(s),

high pressure liquid chromatography was utilized to obtain qualitative and

quantitative analyses of the peptide species. All the statistically

analyzed data were presented and discussed in the subsequent chapter of the

dissertation.

A dissertation is the resul t of the efforts, ideas, and hopes of more

than the author. To the members of the dissertation committee, I extend a

heartfelt thanks for "being there" to give direction, support,

Page 12: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

vi

encouragement, and a bit of humor in the midst of all my "crises". I want to

acknowledge certain individuals who have assisted me not only with the

dissertation but also during my program of doctoral study. Particularly, I

thank Dr. David Kreulen, dissertation director, mentor, colleague and friend

for demonstrating what it means to be "real" in a life that reaches beyond the

University wall. Without his ability to help me develop the ideas during my

research, the dissertation would not have proceeded. I wish to express my

gratitude to Dr. Thomas Burks, Chairman, for his scientific insight that

helped me emerge into a new awareness. Indeed, he has shaped my scientific

personality. To Dr. Thomas Davis for encouraging attention to detail and

subtlety with a sensitivity to the struggles of an emerging researcher. To

Dr. David Nelson, for his fruitful an~ thoughtful critique. To Dr. Ronald

Lukas I extend my true appreciation for his practical pieces of advice and

encouragement.

I would like to recognize others who have enhanced this research

endeavor. I especially thank Dr. I. Glenn Sipes for providing the

stimulating environment during my early difficult times. Dr. Henry Yamamura

for his encouragement and readiness for help either formally or informally.

Mr. Mike Hummell for his skillful technical assistance through,out my research

and Mrs. Rita Wedell for a calm, patient, and organized manner of dealing with

the complex process of elegantly typing my dissertation. I would like to

extend my gratitude to my friends and colleagues, Ms. Natle Miller, Jennifer

Shook, Debbie Fox, Alaa Elsisi, Arthur Buckley and Todd Anthony.

I am deeply grateful to my parents, sister, and brothers for hearing

and learning what this process of "becoming" is all about, for the financial,

emotional and spiritual support they provided and for giving of themselves in

Page 13: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

vii

a special way. I especially thank my parents for standing by me at a crucial

decision making time in my career to leave for the U.S.A. Also, with all my

love, I fully apprec iate my wi fe I s cooperat ion in making this dream come true.

Muhammad Ahmad Schumann

Tucson, Arizona

June, 1986

Page 14: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREFACE • • • • • • • • Page iv

xii xvi

xvii xviii

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS • LIST OF TABLES. • • • LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS • ABSTRACT. • • • • • • •

1 INTRODUCTION. • . . . . • • • • . • • • . . . • . . . • • 1 2 3 5

1.1 Anatomy of the Mannnalian Autonomic Nervous System. • 1.2 Organization of the Autonomic Ganglia ...•••.. 1.3 Structure of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion •...

1.3.1 Prevertebral Ganglia as a Distinct Group from Sympathetic Ganglia . . . • • . • • • • • . .

1.3.2 Anatomy of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglia •. 1.3.3 Morphology of the Inferior Mesenteric

Gangl ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3.1 Histology .••••••••...•. 1.3.3.2 Ultrastructure ....••. 1.3.3.3 Small Intensely Fluorescent Cells •. 1.3.3.4 Number of Visceral Afferents •. 1.3.3.5 The Ratio of Preganglionic/

Postganglionic Sympathetics.

5 6

11 11 12 14 15

1.4 Function of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion ••••. 1.4.1 Visceral Innervation ••••••••

16 16 16 17 18 19

1.5

1.4.2 Modulation of Intestinal Motility. 1.4.2.1 In Situ Studies. ; ••••••• 1.4.2.2 In "V'I't'ro Studies •••..

1.4.3 The Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion as a Reflex Center . • . • • • • . • •

Electrophysiology of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion 1.5.1 Extracellular Recordings. . • •••.

1.5.1.1 Conduction Velocity and Synaptic

19 22 22

Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 1.5.1.2 Pathways Through the Ganglion. 23 1.5.1.3 Peripheral Reflex Pathways. • • • • • 24

1.5.2 Intracellular Recordings . • • • • . • 25 1.5.2.1 Basic Electrical Properties of

Ganglion Cells. . . . • • . 25 1.5.2.2 Synaptic Inputs to Ganglion Cells 26 1.5.2.3 Types of Cells. . . • • 28 1.5.2.4 IMG-Colon Preparation. • . • • • • . 29

viii

Page 15: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

2

ix

TABLE OF CONTENTS--continued

Page 1.6 Noncholinergic Transmission in the Inferior

Mesenteric Ganglion • • •• ..••••••••• 32 1.6.1 Characteristics. •• ••••.•••••. 33 1.6.2 Colon Distension-Induced Slow Depolarization. 36 1.6.3 Peptides and Transmission. • • • •• . 37

1.6.3.1 Substance P Actions. • . • . • • • • 37 1.6.3.2 Evidence for Substance P as a

Transmitter . . . . . • . . 39 1.6.3.3 Evidence against Substance P as the

Exclusive Transmitter • • • . . 40 1.7 Cholecystokinin. • • • • . • • • . . . • . . . . . . 43

1.7.1 What is Special about Cholecystokinin? • . 44 1.7.1.1 Anatomical Distribution. • . . 44 1.7.1.2 Coexistence with Other Peptides or

Amines. • • • • • • . • . • . . 47 1.7.1.3 Molecular Forms of Cholecystokinin in

the Central and Peripheral Nervous System. • . •

1.7.2 CCK in Sensory Fibers .•

1. 7.3 1. 7.4

Coexistence of Cholecystokinin and Substance P Structure-Activity Relationships and Types of

48 51

52

Receptors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 1.7.5 Sulfated Versus Nonsulfated Cholecystokinin

Octapeptide. • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • 56 1.7.6 Cholecystokinin and the Neurotransmitter

Criteria • . . . • . . • . 57 1.7.7 Clinical Aspects. . • . . 61

1.8 The Problem and Its Significance. 63

MATERIALS AND METHODS. • • • • • 2.1 Materials .•••.•.••• 2.2 Methods • • • • •• • ••.

2.2.1 Preparations •.•••.• 2.2.1.1 IMG-Colon Preparation. 2.2.1.2 IMG Preparation.

2.2.2 Recording and Stimulation. 2.2.2.1 Background. 2.2.2.2 Procedure .• 2.2.2.3 Stimulation. 2.2.2.4 Distension of the Colon.

66 66 67 67 67 68 69 69 71 72 72

Page 16: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

3

x

TABLE OF CONTENTS--continued

Page

2.2.3 Solutions and Reagents. . • • • • • • • 73 2.2.4 Exogeneous Application of Peptides • • • 74

2.2.4.1' Pressure Ejection Background. 74 2.2.4.2 Pressure Ejection Procedure • . • . • 75 2.2.4.3 Superfusion • • . . • • . 79

2.3 Cross Desensitization. . • • • • • • 80 2.4 Monitoring the Stability of Cholecystokinin • . • . • 81 2.5 Statistical Analysis. 81

RESULTS. . • • • • • . • . 3.1 Action of CCKS on Membrane Potential and Input

Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.1 Pressure Ejection Versus Superfusion ... 3.1.2 Nature of CCK8-Elicited Slow Depolarization •. 3.1.3 Imitation of Other Nonch01inergic

Depolarizations ••••..••••.•. 3.1.4 Sulfated Versus Nonsu1fated Form of CCK8 •

3.2 Pharmacological Receptors(s) .••..•.... 3.2.1 Dose-Response Relationship .•••••.••. 3.2.2 Action of Other CCK-Related Peptides •. 3.2.3 Desensitization. • ••.

3.3 Mechanism of Action .••••••••• 3.3.1 Null Potential. . . . . • •. . ••. 3.3.2 Changes in Cation Conductances . • ••.

3.4 Site(s) of Action. • • • • • • . .. . ..• 3.4.1 CCK Antagonists. . • • • . . . •. . •.. 3.4.2 Pre- and Postsynaptic Sites of CCK Action .•.

3.5 Correlation between the Effect of Substance P and CCKa· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1 Correlation Between the Effect of VIP and CCK8 3.5.2 CCK8-Induced Tachyphylaxis of Colon Distension 3.5.3 Electrophysiological Characterization of

Rabbit IMG . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3.1 Anatomy. . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3.2 Electrical Properties of Neurons in

Rabbit IMG. • . • . • • . • • • • • • 3.5.3.3 Types of Cells. • • • . •.•. 3.5.3.4 Synaptic Responses to Nerve

St imulat ion • . • • • • • . . . • • . 3.5.3.5 Pharmacology of the Slow Potentials

of the Rabbit IMG • • • • . • • • • .

83

83 83 84

92 96 97 97

100 100 106 106 109 110 110 116

119 124 128

133 133

137 141

144

147

Page 17: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

4

5

3.5.4

TABLE OF CONTENTS--continued

Stability of CCKSNS Over Time •• 3.5.4.1 In th~ Pipette •••••. 3.5.4.2 In the Superfusate •••• 3.5.4.3 Kinetics of Superfusion •

DISCUSSION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4.1 Cholecystokinin in Guinea Pig IMG and Transmitter

4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7

Criteria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCK-Mediated Excitation . Sensitivities of the IMG Neurons to CCKS' . CCK Receptor Sites in the IMG • • . Cholecystokinin-Related Peptides •• Mechanism of CCKS Action. . . • • • Sites(s) of CCKS Action (Presynaptic and Postsynaptic) • . • • • • • • • • • • • • .

4.S Acetylcholine Release • • • . • • • . . • 4.9 Lack of Inhibition of CCKS Action by Peripheral CCK

Antagonists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 Imitation of Other Slow Depolarizations ••. 4.11 CCK and Colon Distension Response •••.•• 4.12 Interaction of Cholecystokinin and Vasoactive

Intestinal Inhibitory Peptide • • . • . . • • • 4.13 Interaction of Cholecystokinin and Substance P. 4.14 Role of Cholecystokinin in Transmission of Guinea

Pig IMG • • . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15 Characterization of Cell Types in the Rabbit IMG •• 4.16 Characterization of Synaptic Transmission in the

Rabb i t IMG. • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4.17 Possible Purinergic Mediation in the Slow

xi

Page

159 159 164 167

169

169 171 173 174 175 177

180 181

182 185 187

190 191

193 195

19S

Hyperpolarization in Rabbit IMG • • • . • • • • • •• 200 4.18 Peptides and Colon Distension Responses in Rabbit IMG 201 4.19 Stability of Cholecystokinin-Related Peptide. • • •• 203 4.20 Concluding Remarks. 204

SUMMARY. . • 210

6 REFERENCES 214

Page 18: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

ILLUSTRATIONS ••••. Page

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7. Fig. a.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Fig. U.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 15.

Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of guinea pig and its associated nerve trunks. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of the rabbit and its associated nerve trunks ••••••.••••••

Intracellular stimulating and recording with a

a

9

single electrode: The active circuit. 70 Schematic diagram of the basic

electrophysiological set-up for recording cell responses to peptides delivered by pressure ejection • • • . • • • • 76

Relationship between ejected volume and duration of pressure application. 77

Relationship between ejected volume and pressure (expressed as pound per square inch, Psi) at various durations • • • • • • • 7a

Action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG . a6 Responses to different methods of peptide

application commpared to the response induced by stimulation in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. a7

Desensitizing action of CCKaNS applied by superfusion on a neuron of guinea pig IMG. •. aa

Histogram summarizing the action of both CCKaNS and CCKaS on neurons of guinea pig IMG in terms of amplitude and duration of their induced slow depolarization. • • • • • . . 90

The noncholinergic nature of CCKaNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • . • • • . • • • 91

Types of change in input resistance of neurons in guinea pig IMG induced by CCKaNS. • • • •• 93

Slow depolarization responses produced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by three different stimuli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Dose-response relationship for the action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG. • • • 9a

Excitatory actions of cholecystokinin-related peptides on neurons of guinea pig IMG. • • •• 101

xii

Page 19: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

xiii

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued

ILLUSTRATIONS ••• . Page

Fig. 3l.

Fig. 32.

Fig. 33.

Fig. 34.

Fig. 35.

Effect of CCKS on the continuous synaptic activity observed in the colon-IMG preparation of guinea pig. • • • • 126

Excitatory action of VIP on a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • • • • •• •••••• 127

Interaction of CCKSNS and VIP on an IMG neuron of guinea pig. • • • • • • • • • • . • • • •• 129

TTX blocks the response triggered by colon distension in a neuron of guinea pig IMG 131

Colon distension triggers release of a substance that mediates the slowly developing depolarization recorded in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .• 132

Fig. 36. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension • • • • • • • • • • • • 134

Fig. 37. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (both the cholinergic and noncholinergic components) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension. 135

Fig. 3S. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG in the presence of cholinergic antagonists. • • 136

Fig. 39. Effect of hyperpolarizing current on types of neuronal firing in rabbit IMG. • • • • • 145

Fig. 40. Effect of increasing stimulus strength to lumbar colonic nerves on synaptic responses in neuron of rabbit IMG. • • • • • • • • • 146

Fig. 4l. Evoked slow potentialsin a neuron of the rabbit IMG • • • •• •••• • • •• 148

Fig. 42. Types of the slow IPSP produced in neurons of rabbit IMG • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 149

Fig. 43. Effect of atropine on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG • • • •• 150

Fig. 44. Effect of hexamethonium on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG • • 154

Page 20: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

xiv

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued

ILLUSTRATIONS. • • Page

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17.

Fig. IS.

Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.

Fig. 21.

Fig. 22.

Fig. 23.

Fig. 24.

Fig. 25.

Fig. 26.

Fig. 27.

Fig. 2S.

Fig. 29.

Fig. 30.

CCKaNS-induced tachyphylaxis in an IMG neuron of guinea pig. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Desensitizing action of CCK on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by repetitive stimulation .•••.••

Enhancement of neural excitability in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKS' •••••••••.

Effect of changing membrane potential on the amplitude of the slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • •

Relationship between amplitude of the CCKSNS potential (ordinate, depolarization upwards) and the membrane potential at which it is elicited (abscissa) •••••••••••

Effect of TTX on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKaNS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Effect of lowering extracellular sodium concentration on the CCKSNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG •

Effect of raising extracellular potassium concentration on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by

103

104

105

107

lOa

III

112

CCKa • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 113 Action of BU2 cGMP on the CCKaS-induced slow

depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. 115 Effect of lowering extracellular calcium on the

slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG • • • • • • • • 117

Effect of TTX on both the presynaptic repetitive stimulation- and CCKa-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. 118

Excitatory action of some tachykinins on neurons of guinea pig IMG. • • • 1 . . . 120

The effegts of (D-Arg1,D-Trp7,9,Leu l)-Sp (2XIO- M) on the responses of IMG neuron of guinea pig to SP and CCKSNS. • • • • • • 122

Interaction of CCKaNS and substance P on a neuron of guinea pig IMG • . • • • • • • 123

Action of CCK30- 33 applied by pressure ejection on a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • •• 125

Page 21: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

xv

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued

ILLUSTRATIONS. • • Page

Fig. 45. Effect of the intermal between consecutive stimulation on the size of the slow potentials produced in a neuron of rabbit

Fig. 46.

Fig. 47.

Fig. 48.

Fig. 49.

Fig. 50.

Fig. 5!.

Fig. 52.

Fig. 53.

Fig. 54.

IMG. • . . • • • . . . . . . • . . . . . 156 Effect of superfused acenosine on the slow

potentials elicited in neurons of rabbit IMG. 158 Different responses to methylene ATP in two

different. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 160 Action of some peptides on neurons of rabbit

IMG. • . . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .. 161 Amino acid sequences of porcine cholecystokinin

(CCK39 ), porcine gastrin (G17) and the decapeptide, caerulein, obtained from the skin of amphibian species. • • • • • • • • 162

Amino acid sequences substance K, substance P, and VIP. • • • • • • •• •••• 163

Stability of CCKaNS inside the pipette of pressure microejection • • • • • • • • • • •• 165

Fate of super fused CCK8NS in the bathing medium • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 166

Relationship between the time of peptide superfusion and the concentration in the recording chamber. • • • • • • • • • • • 168

Cholinergic and noncholinergic pathways to and from inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 209

Page 22: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

LIST OF TABLES

TABLES • Page

TABLE 1: Anatomical Description of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion (IMG) • • . • • • . • • • 7

TABLE 2: Properties of CCKS-Induced Slow Depolarization in Neurons of Guinea Pig IMG. • • • • • . •• 89

TABLE 3: Effect of CCKS on Membrane Input Resistance in Neurons of Guinea·Pig IMG • • . • • • • . 94

TABLE 4: Membrane Passive Electrical Properties in Response to Intracellular Current Flow in Rabbit ll~G Neurons. .. ••.•••• 139

TABLE 5: Membrane Active Electrical Properties to Direct Stimulation of Neurons in Rabbit IMG. • . •• 140

TABLE 6: Properties of the Fast Excitatory Post-Synaptic Potentials (EPSP) in Rabbit IMG • • • •. . 143

TABLE 7: Properties of Slow Postsynaptic Potentials in Rabbit IMG. • • • . • • • • • • . • • . . .• 151

TABLE S: Concentration-Dependent Effect of Atropine on Slow Potential Amplitudes in Rabbit-IMG . .. 152

TABLE 9: Concentration-Dependent Effect of Hexamethonium on Slow Potential Amplitudes in Rabbit-IMG.. 155

xvi

Page 23: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

ACh BU2cGMP CCK CCKa CCKaNS CCKaS CCK27- 33 CCK30- 33 DC dTC Ek Fast EPSP Gca Gk GNa HRP 5-HT IMG LHRH

Rin SIF Slow EPSP Slow IPSP SP TTX VIP Vm

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

acetylcholine N2 ,2'-O-Dibutyrylguanosine 3':5'-cyclic monophosphate cholecystokinin cholecystokinin octapeptide, CCK26- 33 cholecystokinin octapeptide (nonsulfated) cholecystokinin octapeptide (sulfated) cholecystokinin heptapeptide cholecystokinin tetrapeptide direct current d-tubocurarine potassium equilibrium potential fast excitatory postsynaptic potential calcium conductance potassium conductance sodium conductance horse radish peroxidase 5-hydroxytryptamine inferior mesenteric ganglion lutenizing hormone releasing hormone input resistance small intense fluorescent slow excitatory postsynaptic potential slow inhibitory postsynaptic potential substance P tetrodotoxin Vasoactive intestinal polypeptide membrane potential

xvii

Page 24: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

ABSTRACT

Cholecystokinin (CCK)-like immunoreactive materials have been

localized in neurons with cell bodies residing in the intramural ganglia of

the colon and axons terminating in the IMG of the guinea pig. The

physiological significance of neuronal CCK in sympathetic prevertebral

ganglia is unknown. The goal of the present studies is to test the hypothesis

that CCK is a neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity between colon and

IMG in two mammalian species, guinea pig and rabbit. In vitro IMG

preparations with or without a segment of the colon attached were utilized to

conduct intracellular microelectrode recordings of potentials elicited in

the neurons by CCKS• Doses of the peptide were delivered by pressure

ejection from.a single pipette adjacent to the recording electrode. The

applied peptide triggered a slow noncholinergic depolarization with rapid

onset 0-5 s) and rate of rise 0.6 ~ 0.4 mV/s) in 95% of the neurons tested.

Values of the ED50 for effecting depolarization averages 1.1 ~ 0.5 pmoles.

In 59% of the cells the depolarization was associated with a decrease in Rin

and in 20% w~th an increase. The remaining cells showed no change in Rin.

GNa and GK, were increased and decreased, respectively; potential-dependence

characteristics revealed a null potential of 36 ~ 9 mV in those cells

exhibiting a decrease in Rin. Other CCK-related peptides such as gastrin,

caerulein, and CCK27- 33 effected similar slow depolarizations. CCK8-evoked

slow depolarization imitated the slow depolarization produced either by

colon distension or by electrical stimulation of LCN. Upon repeated

xviii

Page 25: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

xix

administration of CCKS' the response of the neurons to the peptide underwent

tachyphylaxis. In addition, peptide application desensitized the slow

depolarization evoked by repetitive stimulation in 50% of the cells.

Furthermore, in an equal percentage of neurons, CCKS administration caused

significant decremental responses of the colon distension-induced slow

depolarization. These observations disclosed bot~ pre- and postsynaptic

sites of action for CCKS• This conclusion is further supported by lowering

Ca2+ (ten times) and administering TTX (3~M) which caused no effect and

depressed 30% of CCKS-induced slow depolarization, respectively. Spantide

(SP antagonist) blocked the response to pressure ejected SP in 5 out of b

neurons, while leaving the same cell fully responsive to CCKS indicating

separate receptor sites for SP and CCKS• Moreover, completely desensitizing

the cell response to SP did not cross desensitize its response to CCKa as

observed in 6 neurons. Similarly, in another 6 cells, VIP did not cross

desensitize the response of the neuron to CCKS• In the rabbit IMG, CCKa

excited some neurons. The physiological significance of this excitation is

unknown since colon distension did not show any slow depolarization. These

results strongly support the hypothesis that CCKa or one of its related

peptides is a neurotransmitter mediating peripheral reflex activity

involving both the colon and the IMG in guinea pig.

Page 26: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

1 INTRODUCTION

The name "autonomic nervous system" was first proposed by Langley and

Dickinson (1889) who were able to block transganglionic nervous transmission

with the local application of nicotine. Langley separated the sympathetic

division (thoroco1umbar outflow) from the rest of the autonomic nervous

system. It was not until the discovery of substances whose effects imitated

the responses produced by stimulation of either the thorocolumbar or of the

craniosacral outflow, that Langley (1901) coined the term parasympathetic

for the craniosacral outflow. Since Langley could not distinguish visceral

afferents, he considered the autonomic nervous system purely efferent and

used the classical terms "preganglionic" and "postganglionic". The

identity of the substance that mediates transmission through the sympathetic

or parasympathetic ganglion was later demonstrated by Loewi (1921) and

Felbberg and Gaddum (1934) to be acetylcholine.

In this section, I will first present in a broad view the anatomy of

the autonomic nervous system and the general organization of the autonomic

ganglia. Later, the focus will be on the structure, function, and ganglionic

transmission of prevetebral ganglia with emphasis on the inferior mesenteric

ganglion (IMG). The text is important in that it will lay down a background

for formulating the problem of the present studies.

1

Page 27: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

2

1.1 Anatomy ~~ Mammalian Autonomic Nervous System

Although not entirely free from voluntary control, the autonomic

nervous system includes reflex mechanism served by afferent, efferent, and

central integrating structures that regulate body functions and which can

proceed independently of volitional activity. The autonomic nervous system

is composed of efferent nervous pathways that have ganglionic synapses

outside the nervous system. It, also, includes neurons in the brain, brain

stem, and spinal cord through which the autonomic pathways are functionally

connected. Langley (1898) subdivided the autonomic nervous system into a

sympathetic, a parasympathetic and an enteric portion. The viscera are

mostly innervated by both sympathetic and parasympathetic fibers. In

contrast, some structures such as Dlood vessels and sweat glands have only

single innervation. Although variations do occur (as an example see Randall

~~., 1955), the preganglionic fibers of the sympathetic division arise

with cell bodies in the intermediolateral and intermediomedial cell columns

of the spinal cord and join the ventral roots of Tl to L2 and the

postganglionic neurons in the autonomic sympathetic ganglia. The

preganglionic fibers synapse in the sympathetic chain (paravertebral

ganglia) or traverse several of the ganglia up or down the chain before

synapsing, or may pass through the ganglia to synapse in collateral

(prevertebral) ganglia near viscera. These latter fibers form the

splanchnic nerves.

Page 28: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

3

Preganglionic fibers of the parasympathetic nervous system have cell

bodies in the visceral brain stem nuclei and the second to fourth sacral

segments. The cranial components are projecting to the head and neck, thorax

and abdominal viscera via the third, seventh, ninth and tenth cranial nerves

and the bulbar accessory. The sacral segments supply the distal ganglia of

the descending colon and pelvic organs with preganglionic fibers.

Finally, the enteric autonomic neurons, which comprise the intrins ic

neurons of the gut, include the sensory neurons and interneurons. At

present, it is difficult to subdivide these neurons into afferent and

efferent components. The extrinsic input to the enteric neurons is very

limited, and the enteric nervous system is capable of integrating activity in

the absence of all central nervous system connections. It may, thus, be

regarded as even more "autonomic" than the other divisions (Nilsson, 1983).

1.2 Organization ~~ Autonomic Ganglia

Autonomic ganglia are divided according to their locations into

paravertebral (chain) ganglia and prevertebral (collateral) ganglia which

are the synaptic sites of sympathetic fibers, and previsceral (terminal) or

intramural ganglia in which the synapses of parasympathetic fibers are found.

The preganglionic neurons to the paravertebral ganglia have myelinated axons

projecting from the ventral roots forming the white communicating rami which

also contain myelinated visceral afferent fibers. The postganglionic

fibers leave the sympathetic chains either as separate nerves (e.g., the

cardiac and pulmonary nerves or the nerves forming the carotid plexus to the

head) or rejoin the spinal nerves via unmyelinated fibers called the gray

Page 29: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

4

connnunicating rami and exiting through peripheral nerves. The exiting

postganglionic fibers supply the blood vessels and skin pilomotor muscles and

skin glands. Preganglionic sympathetic fibers from several spinal segments

destined to the abdominal and pelvic organs pass through the chain ganglia

without synapsing (Skok, 1973) and fuse to form the splanchnic nerves (the

greater, the lesser, the least, and the lumbar splanchnic nerves) which end in

prevertebral ganglia situated around branches of the abdominal aorta. The

postganglionic fibers originating in these ganglia pass along branches of the

aorta to supply the viscera.

The superior cervical ganglion has inputs from the upper four

cervical levels. The middle, if present, gets its input from the fifth and

sixth cervical segments. The inferior cervical ganglion which, in most

cases, fused with the first thoracic ganglion to make the stellate ganglion,

receives inputs from the seventh and eighth cervical segments. Receiving

several inputs from different spinal segments makes cervical ganglia

resemble the prevertebral ganglia. Stellate ganglia are intermediate in

their locations between the para- and prevertebral ganglion (Foley, 1945).

Furthermore, the chain ganglia in the coccygeal region are fused into the

coccygeal ganglion or ganglion impar. Finally, the number of sympathetic

ganglia in the thoracic, lumbar, and sacral regions varies considerably among

species (Kuntz, 1953).

Terminal and intramural ganglia comprise the parasympathetic and

enteric ganglia, respectively. Parasympathetic ganglia are located on or

within the walls of various organs and comprise cranial ganglia such as

ciliary, sphenopalatine, otic, submandibular and Langley's ganglion, and the

cervical ganglia of the uterus (Appenzeller, 1982). The enteric ganglia

Page 30: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

5

have neurons organized as two major interconnected plexuses known as

myenteric (Auerbach's) and submucosal (Meissner's) plexuses (Wood, 1983).

The enteric motor neurons (excitatory or inhibitory) may be activated

directly by local physical or chemical stimuli, or may be involved in local

reflexes initiated by intrinsic sensory neurons (Furness & Costa, 1980;

Gershon, 1981). Few of the enteric neurons can be regarded as postganglionic

neurons of the extrinsic autonomic pathways. For instance, the anterior

part of the gut is supplied by the vagi and the posterior part of the gut is

innervated by the pelvic nerves and perivascular plexuses.

For greater details about autonomic ganglia, the reader is referred

to one of the following good references: Skok, 1973; Gabe11a, 1976, E1fvin,

1983; or Nilsson, 1983.

1.3 Structure ~ the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion

1.3.1 Prevertebra1 Ganglia as a Distinct Group

The abdominal prevertebra1 ganglia lie close to the median sagittal

plane of the body, ventral to the abdominal aorta. They are not paired

ganglia, and they include celiac and the superior mesenteric ganglia which

comprise the solar plexus, the inferior mesenteric ganglion or plexus, and

the pelvic plexus. These ganglia have certain major characteristics that

make them a distinct group from other sympathetic ganglia. The major

characteristics are: the preganglionic nerves take various routes to the

prevertebra1 ganglia, frequently entering the ganglia through a number of

nerve trunks; the prevertebral ganglia receive other synaptic inputs of

peripheral origin; the involvement of the ganglia in peripheral reflex

Page 31: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

6

activity; the localization of various neuropeptides in the prevertebral

ganglia; and complicated system of pathways to and from the ganglia and with

or without effecting synapses with the ganglion cells. All these aspects

will be addressed in detail in one representative ganglion to the abdominal

prevertebral ganglia, the inferior mesenteric ganglion (IMG). (For

detailed information about the other members of the prevertebral sympathetic

ganglia, see Skok, 1973; Szurszewski, 1981; Elfvin, 1983; and Simmons, 1985).

The aforementioned characteristics demonstrate that the

prevertebral ganglia do not function solely to relay cholinergic

preganglionic impulses from the spinal cord to the peripheral visceral

organs, but that these ganglia are also involved in the integration of both

centrally and peripherally originating synaptic information transmitted by

both acetylcholine and noncholinergic transmitters. These findings, which

have led to a re-evaluation of the traditional concepts of sympathetic

neurotransmission, separate the prevertebral ganglia as a distinct group.

1. 3.2 Anatomy of the Inferior Nesenteric Ganglia

Sources for illustrations and descriptions of the IMG ganglion are

given in Table 1. Drawings of the IMG of the guinea pig and rabbit are

presented in Fig. 1 and 2, respectively. The IMG is found where the inferior

mesenteric artery merges with the abdominal aorta. The ganglion of the

guinea pig (Fig. 1) consists of two nonsymetrical but similar lobes the

smaller of which is located cranial to the artery. The two lobes are

connected to each other by commissures that embrace the base of the inferior

mesenteric artery. According to Langley and Anderson (1896) and Kuntz

(940) , preganglionic fibers reach the ganglia through the lumbar splanchnic

Page 32: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

7

TABLE 1

Anatomical Description of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion (IMG)

Species

Cat

Rabbit

Dog

Guinea Pig

Monkey

Man

Reference

Langley & Anderson, 1896; Skok, 1973;

Jule & Szurszewski, 1983; Lloyd, 1937;

Job & Lundberg, 1952; Harris, 1943;

Oscarsson, 1955

Simmons & Dun, 1985; Brown & Pascoe, 1~52;

McLennan & Pascoe, 1954; Schumann & Kreu1en, 1985;

Langley & Anderson, 1896

King & Szurszewski, 1984a & 1984b

Crowcroft ~~, 1971

Trumble, 1933

Mitchell, 1953

Page 33: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Nerve.

Inferior Mesenteric

Artery

Colonic Nerves

In14lDrlrna,Clenteric

8

erve

- Aorta

" Lumbar - -- - --Splanchnic

Nerves

Fig. 1. Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of the guinea pig and its associated nerve trunks.

Page 34: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Aorta-..

Inferior Mesenteric Artery

Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion ,

" / Lumbar Splanchnic Nerves

Inferior Mesenteric Vein

Intermesenteric Nerve

. t Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion

Fig. 2. Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of the rabbit and its associated nerve trunks.

\0

Page 35: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

10

nerves and intermesenteric nerve. The lumbar splanchnic nerves connect the

ganglion with lumbar sympathetic ganglia from L2 to L4 • The intermesenteric

nerve at the rostral pole of the ganglion connects the ganglion with the

superior mesenteric ganglion. The ganglion gives rise to two hypogastric

nerves at the caudal pole and several colonic nerves at the anterior aspects

of the ganglion, which form the pelvic and colonic plexus respectively.

There are differences in the morphology, regional organization, and

functional aspects among the ganglia of different species (vide infra).

There is also considerable variability in the anatomy of the ganglion both

within and between species (Skok, 1973; Gabella, 1976; E1fvin, 1983; Nilsson,

1983). One of the major differences, among the ganglia of the mammalian

species, is an increase in the size and number of ganglionic masses as the size

of the animal increases. In the rabbit IMG (Fig. 2), one lobe of the ganglia

is far larger than the other lobe. Simmons (1985) has reported that in the

rabbit IMG, a number of filaments leave the upper part of the ganglion

laterally and pass anteriorly along the inferior mesenteric vein. These

filaments are collectively termed by Langley and Anderson (1896) the

ascending mesenteric nerve. These filaments join strands from the superior

mesenteric ganglion and give off branches along the vasculature to the colon.

The ganglion main lobe (and even the small lobe) of the rabbit IMG is larger

than and more distinct from either the cat IMG which is more scattered as small

masses (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983) or guinea pig IMG. In this respect it is

similar to the dog IMG which is also a large discoid mass (Crowcroft &

Szurzsewski, 1971; King lie Szurszewski, 1984a). In human, if it exists, the

ganglionic masses are scattered in a way similar to that of the cat (Kuntz,

1956). Generally the IMG is absent or vestigial in man (Owman ~..!!.., 1983).

Page 36: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

11

1.3.3 Morphology of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion

1.3.3.1 Histology. Histological examinations have been

performed with respect to the IMG of human and cat. According to Kuntz

(1940), the majo~ity of human IMG cells are stellate in shape and medium in

size. They have mostly long unbranched dendrites radiating from the cell

bodies in all directions. Some cells exist with short but mostly branched or

accessory dendrites that usually do not penetrate cell capsules. The

intricacy of the neuronal connection networks are presented by the long

dendrites which make dendritic tracts or fasciculi, form nests around the

cell bodies, and interlace giving rise to dendritic glomeruli of many

adjacent ganglion cells. Such an arrangement may involve large number of

ganglion cells in intimate association. Preganglionic axons, which effect

synaptic connections in the IMG, enter the ganglia in bundles with visceral

afferent fibers originating from the dorsal root ganglia (DRG) and traversing

the ganglia. Many axons ramify and synapse with the dendrites. One axonal

terminal always effects synaptic contacts with dendrites of more than one

ganglion cell. Synapses exist also between axonal terminal and ce11 bodies

or the proximal portion of dendrites. The visceral afferent fibers which

emerge from DRG and traverse the ganglia extend distalward in axonal bundles

arising from the ganglia as postganglionic fibers. Other ganglionic

afferent fibers will be discussed under section 1.3.3.4. The caliber of

these axons is similar to that of the preganglionic fibers. In the case of

cat IMG, a similar pattern was observed with infrequent short dendrites and no

dendritic glomeruli. Mostly, there are dendritic fasciculi where the

synaptic contacts are effected. The diameter of the neuronal cell body in

Page 37: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

12

the cat ganglion ranges from 20 to 40 II m (M'Fadden ~ &., 1935).

Using the histochemical method of Falck and Hillarp for the

fluorescent localization of monoamine, Falck (1962) and Hamberger, ~&.

(1965) found that among sympathetic ganglia examined, in both rabbit and cat,

the preverterbral ganglia had the most well-developed system of adrenergic

terminals. Removal of the paravertebral ganglia from L3 to L7 , removal of

the celiac ganglia, section of the colonic nerves or section of the

hypogastric nerves did not alter the peridendritic nests in the IMG

(Hamberger and Norberg, 1965). Thus, the nests apparently originate within

the ganglia.

1.3.3.2 Ultrastructure. Ultrastructural studies have been

conducted on the cat and guinea pig IMG. In an effort to clarify the

morphological correlate to the inhibitory function thought to be served by a

rich supply of adrenergic synapse in the IMG (Hamberger & Norberg, 1965;

Hamberger ~ &., 1965), Elfvin (1971a) utilized systematic electron

microscopic analysis to establish the synaptology of the postganglionic

cells of the cat IMG. Their studies have revealed both short and long

dendrites. A striking finding is the scarcity of synaptic contacts located

on the surface of the cell or its short dendrite (from 1 to 3 J.lm in length and

1000 A in diameter; known as accessory dendrite by light microscopists).

However, the axosomatic synapses are more numerous than the axodendritic

synapse on the short dendrites. The preganglion terminals (sometimes one

terminal) ofaxosomatic and axodendritic synapses contain clear synaptic

vesicles (presumably Ach-containing vesicles) or granular vesicles (from 500

to 1000 R in diameter) with moderate dense core. Moreover, the cytoplasm of

Page 38: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

13

the short dendrites includes a large number of vesicles (from 200 to 500 ~ in

diameter) of extremely dense core (amine containing vesicles correspond to

the fluorescent basket-like networks seen with the Falck-Hillarp technique) •

The short dendrites effect dendriodendritic synapses with adjacent

postganglionic neurons. It is suggested that the activity of the accessory

dendrites may influence the adjacent dendrites, which they contact, by an

inhibitory mechanism. In addition to forming conventional synapses with the

postganglionic neurons, the preganglionic fibers of the cat IMG also form

between one another a large number of specialized membrane contacts near

their terminations (Elfvin, 1971b). The presynaptic parts of these

structures contain large number of only granulated vesicles (500-1000 ~ in

diameter) with a moderately dense core. Synapsing of axonal terminals

indicates the possible existence ofaxoaxonal synapse in the IMG.

As for the large dendrites (from 1 to 3 lJm in diameter) of the

postganglionic neurons in cat IMG, they effect both dendrodendritic as well

as axodendritic synapses between different neurons (Elfvin, 1971c). Only

few, if any, axosomatic synapses are seen. Narrow branchlet dendrites

effecting dendrodendritic synapse usually have many vesicles (from 200 to 500

R in diameter) with dense core. Specialized membrane contacts have a very

intimate topographic relationship to one or several axodendritic synapses.

It is suggested that the dendrodendritic contacts are part of an inhibitory

fiber system by which a postganglionic cell is able to modulate the activity

of neighboring cells. In addition to all these synaptic arrangements, the

cat IMG shows axoglial and dendrosomatic synapses (Archakova!:! al., 1982).

The complexity and diversity of IMG synapses, as pointed at in the

aforementioned findings, forbid viewing the ganglion as a mere relay center.

Page 39: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

14

1.3.3.3 Small Intensely Fluorescent Cells. SIF cells are seldom

found in the cat IMG; they have, however, been found in the rabbit IMG (Elfvin,

1968). The cells 00 to 25 m in diameter) occur in small groups, each group

being surrounded by a common sheath of satellite cells. In several cases,

cell processes have been found to leave the granule-containing cells. In

guinea pig IMG where the ratio of ganglion cells to SIF cells has been

calculated at 4: 1 (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971b), the processes of the SIF cells

are not close to or effecting synaptic contact with the ganglion cells. The

SIF cells have long processes located to blood capillaries either at the

endothelium or at the pericytes. At the later site, there is an

accumulation in the SIF cell processes of small dense core vesicles, similar

to those in adrenergic nerve terminals. By using an immunohistochemical

fluorescent method, Elfvin~.!!.:. (975) were able to demonstrate that all SIF

cells exhibit strong tyrosine hydroxylase and dopamine- -hydroxylase

positive fluorescence indicating their capability to store norepinephrine.

They have highly opaque granules similar to those in the adrenal medulla.

Some SIF cells show the presence of phenylethanolamine-N-methyltransferase

indicating that they also store epinephrine; they contain less opaque

granules. Some cells contain a mixture of both types of granules. No

evidence either biochemically (Crowcroft et al., 1971b) or

immunohistochemically (Elfvin~ al. , 1975) was found for dopamine in the SIF

cells of the guinea pig IMG.

The ultrastructure of the innervation of the SIF cells has been

studied further by Furness and Sobels (976) in guinea pig IMG using light and

electron microscopy. In this work, there are two types of innervation of SIF

cells by axons terminals: Noradrenergic terminals which arise locally from

Page 40: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

15

IMG neurons (they contain small agranu1ar vesicles which increase in electron

opacity after pretreatment with 5-hydroxydopamine and they fail to

degenerate after the decentralization of the ganglia); and cholinergic

terminals of central origin (they contain agranular vesicles that are not

affected by 5-hydroxydopamine and undergo degeneration after

decentralization of the ganglia). The authors also have obtained evidence

for the exocytotic release of the contents of the srF cell vesicles into

capillary spaces.

The view that SIF cells might act as interneurons was accepted after

some morphologists found synaptic contacts formed by these cells on the cell

bodies of postganglionic neurons of the rat superior cervical ganglion

(Matthews and Raisman, 1969; Williams, 1967). However, most of the SIF cells

in the IMG would serve as paraneurons, like small endocrine glands releasing

their catecholamine into the ganglion vasculature (Furness and Sobels,

1976) • Finally, some authors consider the SrF cells as elements performing

sensory function in the IMG (Archakova, 1982).

1. 3.3.(' Number of Visceral Afferents. Utilizing osmic acid to

stain the myelinated fiber and the Bodian protargol silver method to

demonstrate both the myelinated and unmyelinated axon, Harris (1943) has

counted the number of visceral afferents in cat IMG. After severing the

inferior mesenteric nerve of the cat, there are 2,500 visceral afferent

fibers in the splanchnic nerves and 5,000 in the peripheral nerves: 3000 in

the colonic nerve and 2,000 in the hypogastric nerve (Harris, 1943). Two

explanations can be given for the splanchnic versus peripheral nerve

difference: upon reaching the IMG each fiber gives off one collateral; or some

of these visceral afferent fibers do not have their cell bodies in the DRG, but

Page 41: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

16

are fibers of enteric origin which terminate in the IMG. The visceral

afferent fibers reaching the colon have been shown to be exclusively

unmyelinated while some of those in the hypogastric nerve have been shown to

be myelinated.

1.3.3.5 The Ratio ~ Preganglionic/Postganglionic Sympathetics

Harris (1943) estimated that two out of three postganglionic

sympathetic fibers in the colonic and hypogastric nerves have their origin in

the IMG. If all the preganglionics synapse in the ganglion, the ratio of

pregaglionic to postganglionics is 1:1.5, and if not, the ratio is 1:2

(Harris, 1943). Low preganglionic: postganglionic ratios have been taken as

support for a diffuse control of the viscera by symapthetic systems as

compared to a ·more precise control of the parasympathetic system. The

preganglionic: postganglionic ratio in the IMG and the number of ganglion

cells innervated by a single preganglionic fiber are discussed below.

1.4 Function ~ the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion

1.4.1 Visceral Innervation

IMG innervates the distal part of the alimentary canal and some other

pelvic viscera with adrenergic nerves (Furness & Costa, 1974 & Johansson &

Langston, 1964). This was first demonstrated by an experiment in which

nicotine was used to block transmission through the ganglion and has since

been confirmed by studies using histochemical means to locate adrenergic

neurons.

In cat and rabbit, nicotine was used by Langley and Anderson (l895b)

to show that the origin of sympathetic fibers terminating in the colon and

Page 42: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

17

rectum is the IMG; however, they referred to the existence of a small number of

more peripherally located· cells. For example, stimulation of the

hypogastric nerves of the cat caused a contraction of the internal anal

sphincter, which was weakened, although not blocked by nicotine (Langley &

Anderson, 1895a and 1895b; M'Fadden~.!!..:.., 1935). The IMG was also shown to

innervate via hypogastric nerve the base of the bladder (Langley & Anderson,

1895b). Some of the preganglionic fibers in the hypogastric nerves end in

the ~IG. Others continue without synapsing through the hypogastric nerves

to reach the vesical plexus in the bladder wall (Mosley, 1936). Similar

properties of innervation have been shown in the internal genital organs - the

vasa deferentia, and seminal vesicles in the male and the uterus and vagina in

the female (Langley & Anderson, 1895c). The hypogastric nerves also contain

fibers from the sacral nerves which thus gain access to the bladder and other

pelvic organs (L~ngley & Anderson, 1894). The response to stimulation of

hypogastric nerves varies from species to species (Ingersull & Jones, 1958).

The postganglionic fibers innervate the vasculature and intrinsic

ganglia of the intestine. Few fibers act directly on the muscle coats,

except in the sphincter regions where there is a dense innervation.

Sympathetic, activation results in a decrease in motility due to a decrease of

ACh release from the intramural neurons and due to sphincter contraction

(Furness & Costa, 1974). More details about the innervation and interaction

between the IMG and the colon will be discussed below.

1.4.2 Modulation of Intestinal Motility

The first observations of the autonomic control of the large

intestine came out of two laboratories (Bayliss & Starling, 1900; Langley &

Page 43: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

18

Anderson, 1895a; 1896a). It was shown that stimulation of the lumbar

splanchnics or of the colonic nerves results in an inhibition of contraction

in the large intestine, while stimulation of the pelvic nerves results in

contraction. Subsequent studies on the role of the IMG in intestinal

motility confirmed these original observations;

1.4.2.1. In Situ Studies. Following stimulation of the colonic

nerves or in particular the hypogastric nerves, a marked contraction of the

internal anal sphincter occurs in anesthetized dogs (Learmonth & Markowitz,

1929). Sectioning of the colonic nerves is followed immediately by an

increase in the intraco1onic pressure and, occasionally, by an increased

amplitude of the contractions of the colon (Learmoth & Markowitz, 1930).

This reveals a tonic inhibitory influence on the musculature of the distal

colon. Based on these observations, section of the IMG was used as a

treatment of Hirschsprung's disease (Ross, 1935). Hirschsprung's disease

is due to a congenital absence of the enteric plexuses. Although no

intestinal hypermotility was observed in the cat following removal of the IMG

(M'Fadden~ al., 1935), there was a decrease in transit time through the

colon. In another study, the movement of the large bowel of the cat was

measured by a ballon inserted through the anus (Garry, 1933a). Section of

the colonic and hypogastric nerves led to a marked increase in both tone and

rhythmicity, while section of the preganglionics or hypogastrics alone had

slight or no effect respectively. Section of the colonic nerves alone led to

a marked increase in gut activity even with intact preganglionics.

Therefore, it was concluded that inhibition of the colon is maintained from

the IMG via lumbar colonic nerves. Similar observations have been reported

in the dog (Lawson, 1934 and vide infra).

Page 44: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

19

1.4.2.2 ~ Vitro Studies. Garry and Gillespie (1955) using in

vitro preparation of rabbit colon attached to both colonic and pelvic nerves,

found that stimulation of the pelvic nerve produced a maximum contraction at

frequency of 10 Hz while maximum inhibition obtained by stimulation of the

colonic nerve at frequency of 100 Hz. The effect of pelvic stimulation was

antagonized by hexamethonium and atropine. The response to colonic

stimulation disappeared in colon taken from reserpinized animals, indicating

the involvement of a catecholamine transmitter (Gillespie & MacKenna, 1961).

1.4.3 The Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion as a Reflex Center

The fact that the sympathetic ganglia are sites of synaptic

interaction has been evident since the work of Langley. In this context,

Langley viewed the sympathetic nervous system as purely efferent.

Therefore, the evidence for independent activity in mammalian sympathetic

ganglion was unacceptable. However, the following observations have

disclosed the fact that the IMG is more than a simple relay station and can be

viewed as an integrating center for reflex activity.

Evidence has been presented for continued inhibition of the

intestine by the IMG following acute decentralization. Lawson (1934) has

showed that stimJlation of the colonic nerves produced inhibition of the

colon and contraction of the internal anal sphincter. Stimulation of the

hypogastric nerve produced similar responses in the colon, but in the distal

part and the internal anal sphincter. The inhibitory phase was prolonged by

cutting the spinal inputs to the IMG. Moreover, sectioning the hypogastric

nerves while stimulating the colonic nerve or vice versa further prolonged

the inhibition. Lawson (1934) concluded that the cells of the IMG act

Page 45: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

20

independently of preganglionic influences and that the relationships of the

response of one intestinal segment to other segments depends on either

autonomic or reflex activity in the cells of the IMG. In an anesthetized dog,

decentralization of the IMG decreases basal tone in the anal and proximal

colon and raised that of the middle colon. It also increased the contraction

in the distal colon. Ganglionectomy does not affect uniformly the basal tone

but it increases the contractility throughout the colon (Lawson & Holt,

1937). This was a further evidence that control of the colon by

decentralized IMG is a result of nervous activity originating within the

ganglion itself, independent of inputs from the central nervous system.

Denervation experiments revealing the persistence ofaxons in the

distal ends of the nerve trunks of the IMG following nerve transection more

centrally, further suggest that the IMG is a reflex center. Not all axons in

the IMG degenerated after extirpation of the lumbar segments of the

sympathetic trunk and intermesenteric nerves (Harris, 1943; Kuntz, 1940).

Following ganglionectomy (~'Fadden ~ al., 1935) or cutting the colonic

nerves (Kuntz, 1940), intact axons are still found in the distal part of the

colonic nerves. It is concluded that these intact fibers are of enteric

origin.

In anesthetized cats, the lumber segments of the sympathetic trunks

and the intermesenteric nerves were severed, and the colon was transected in

order to interrupt the enteric plexuses (Kuntz, 1940). In these experiments

all neural pathways from the distal segment of the large intestine to the

proximal segment were interrupted, except pathways through the IMG.

Balloons were placed in the proximal and distal segments of the colon. Only

when the proximal segment was rhythmically contracting (i. e. not quiescent) ,

Page 46: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

21

did distension of the distal segment result in inhibition of the proximal

segment. This is an example of an intestino-intestinal reflex response

through the IMG. Further, Kuntz and Saccomanno (1944) demonstrated that the

IMG could modulate true reflexes independent of central involvement.

On the assumption that some of .the persisted distal axons, after both

decentralization and denervation, make synapse in IMG, these axon are

regarded as the afferent limb of a reflex arc. An inhibition of the

contracting proximal colon is still observed following distension of the

distal segment acutely or days after decentralization of the IMG by bilateral

extirpation of the lumbar sympathetic trunk and section of the

intermesenteric and hypogastric nerves. The chronic decentralization

ensures that the dorsal root afferents had undergone degeneration. It is

concluded that impluses arising in the colon are conducted to the IMG through

axons of enteric gangl ion cells. These axons synapse onto IMG neurons which

transmit impulses back to the colon forming a true reflex arc. More direct

evidence for the involvement of the IMG in peripheral reflex activity has been

provided by the electrophysiological studies described below.

Further evidence for guinea pig IMG as a reflex center has been

gathered from the experiments done by Kreulen and Szurszewski (1979a and

1979b). In in vitro preparation consisting of the right and left celiac,

superior mesenteric and inferior mesenteric ganglia with attached colon, the

input from the intermesenteric fibers dominates in the superior mesenteric

ganglion. Thirtythree percent of the neurons in the celiac and fiftyfour

percent in the superior mesenteric ganglion receives a continuous excitatory

synaptic input that is increased by distending the colon. The input can be

interrupted irreversibly by transection of the intermesenteric nerves

Page 47: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

22

(Kreu1en & Szurszewski, 1979b). It is concluded that both the afferent and

efferent pathways of a peripheral reflex are located in the intermesenteric

nerves and may mediate visceral reflexes between mechanoreceptors and

sympathetic neurons in the colon.

1.5 Electrophysiology of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion

1. 5.1 Extracellular Recordings

Extracellular recordings from the nerves associated with the IMG

have revealed information on the conduction velocity in these nerves, on the

synaptic delay occurring in the ganglia, and on the reflex pathways through

the ganglia.

1.5.1.1 Conduction Velocity ~ Synaptic Delay. Preganglionic

fibers (splanchnic and intermesenteric) have been reported to have both fast

and slow conduction velocities determined in several species: cat (Lloyd,

1937; Krier ~ a1., 1982), dog (King & Szurszewski, 1984a) and rabbit (Brown &

Pascoe, 1952; Kreu1en, 1982b; Simmons & Dun, 1985). The lowest value

reported (0.1 m/s) was in the case of splanchnic fibers of the dog (King &

Szurszewski, 1984a). The highest (10 m/s) was in the cat (Lloyd, 1937).

Postganglionic fibers showed conduction velocity as measured by

intracellular recording of 0.25-0.5 mls in the rabbit (Simmons & Dun, 1985).

The mean conduction velocity of presynaptic fibers in the lumbar colonic

nerve was 0.5 m/s. The hypogastric nerve of the cat contained fibers of

conduction velocity as low as 0.8m/s (Adrian~al., 1932) and as high as 12.8

mls (Lloyd, 1937); in the dog the value, as measured by intracellular

recording, was ranging from 0.1-1 mls (King & Szurszewski, 1984a); and in

Page 48: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

23

guinea pig from 0.5-10 mls (Ferry, 1967). Values of conduction velocity

derived from intracellular recordings are presented here for comparison with

those derived from the extracellular recordings.

The experimental value of the synaptic delay reported is much longer

than the true value by the time taken for impulses to traverse the fine

terminal preganglionic fibers. In the rabbit IMG in vitro, a delay of 30 ms,

before the appearance of a spike in the intermesenteric nerve produced by

stimulating inferior splanchnic nerve, was estimated at 20 to 220 C (Brown &

Pascoe, 1952). However, the value derived by intracellular recording was

7.5 ms (Kreulen, 1982a and 1982b). The minimum synaptic delay, in the L.'1G of

the cat, reported was 4.5 and 5 ms (Job & Lundberg, 1952; Lloyd, 1937,

respectively).

1.5.1.2 Pathways Through the Ganglion. The fiber pathways through

the IMG have been described on the basis of evidence derived from the action

potentials set up by volleys in various preganglionic and postganglionic

nerves together with the action of nicotine in blocking transmission.

According to this approach, Lloyd (1937) gave a summary of transmission

pathways in cat IMG and its associated nerves. Stimulating the lumbar

splanchnic nerves produced synpatic responses in the colonic and hypogastric

nerves (Lloyd, 1937). Moreover, stimulating the hypogastric nerve

triggered synaptic responses recorded in both the same nerve and colonic

nerve and an antidromic response seen in the lumbar splanchnic nerve (Lloyd,

1937; Job & Lundberg, 1952). Stimulation of the lumbar splanchnic nerve or

the intermesenteric nerve associated with an in vitro preparation of rabbit

IMG evoked synaptic response in the intermesenteric nerve (Brown & Pascoe,

1952). The organization of presynpatic terminals (the nerve endings of

Page 49: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

24

lumbar splanchnic 1l:erves and of the hypogastric nerve) on the IMG cells of the

cat showed extensive convergence of fibers on postganglionic neurons in the

colonic nerve (Oscarsson, 1955).

1.5.1.3 Peripheral Reflex Pathways. Earlier physiological

studies suggesting the existence of reflex pathways have been confirmed by

extracellular recording.

In order to ascertain the origin of reflex activity, degeneration

experiments have been carried out by Job and Lundberg (1952). Their

experiments included the bilateral excision of the spinal ganglia from ninth

thoracic to the fifth lumbar level, section the dorsal and ventral roots of

these segments, and decentralization of the ganglia by cutting the lumbar

splanchnic nerves. None of these treatments al tered the responses produced

by hypogastric nerve stimulation in both the same nerve and colonic nerves of

the cat. Based on these observations, it was concluded that the presynaptic

fibers carrying the reflex do not originate central to the IMG but in the

ganglion itself. Following section and degeneration of the hypogastric

nerve, stimulation and recording on tne peripheral part of this nerve showed

an action potential. Accordingly, the origin of these fibers must be located

peripherally to the IMG. The origin of the lumbar sympathetic inhibitory

outflow to the large intestine of the cat has been studied by DeGroat and Krier

(1979). The firing of lumbar colonic nerve was depressed, but not blocked,

by the administration of hexamethonium or by decentralization of the IMG.

These treatments resulted in increased slow rhythmic waves in the colon,

indicating that there was some postganglionic influence primarily of central

in origin. However, transection of the lumbar colonic nerve enhanced

colonic motility in animals with an intact neuraxis, in acute spinal animals

Page 50: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

25

and in animals where the thoracolumbar sympathetic outflow was blocked. It

was concluded that there were two possible reflexes sustaining an inhibitory

input to the colon, a spinal reflex dependent on the integrity of the dorsal

root afferents and a peripheral reflex through the IMG.

1.5.2 Intracellular Recordings

Intracellular recordings from single cells have served to illustrate

mUltiple synaptic input pathways, allow direct comparisons of intracellular

responses to the activity of the colon in the ganglion colon preparation, and

reveal the effect of peptides on the ganglion cells and their role in synaptic

transmission.

1.5.2.1 Basic Electrical Properties 2i Ganglion Cells. The

membrane properties for in vitro preparations of the IMG have been reported in

guinea pig (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971; Szurszewski & Weems, 1976), cat

(Krier ~ al., 1982; Jule & Szurszewski, 1983), dog (King & Szurszewski,

1984a), rat (Kreulen, 1982a) and Rabbit (Kreulen, 1982b; Simmons & Dun,

1985).

Based on their resting membrane potentials and input resistance,

cells in guinea pig IMG as well as pelvic ganglion were categorized (Blackman

..=! al., 1969; Crowcroft tic Szurszewski, 1971) in three types. The first type

had a maximum resting membrane potential of -65 mV and constituted 80% of

cells. The cells of this type had a high input resistance (ranged from 40 to

150 MQ), large after hyperpolarization, and low thresholds for excitation.

Action potentials evoked by direct stimulation and whose amplitude often

exceeded 100 mV were followed by prolonged phase of after hyperpolarization.

The amplitude of the after hyperpolarization ranged from 7 to 20 mV (Blackman

Page 51: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

26

potential ranges from 100 to 500 ms with a mean duration of 175 ms.

Overshoots of the action potential ranges from 10 to 20 mV. The second type

of cells had a more negative membrane potential (ranged from -77 to -85 mV) and

low input resistance (20 MS'l or less). These cells had high t:hreshold and

smaller after hyperpolarization. The third type also included cells of high

resting membrane potential but were inexcitable and, therefore, are thought

to be glial cells. Neild (1978) presented evidence that the second type of

cells may have actually been the damaged first type of cells. Subsequent

studies have described only one type of excitable cell with average resting

membrane potential -50 mV (Szurszewski eSc Weems, 1976; Krier ~ a1., 1982).

Some cells of the guinea pig (Blackman ~ al., 1969; Crowcroft eSc

Szurszewski, 1971) and rabbit (Kreulen, 1982b; Simmon eSc Dun, 1985) exhibited

linear current-voltage relationship. Others showed rectification or

delayed rectification upon hyperpolarization and depolarization

respectively. Anomalous rectification occurred upon hyperpolarizing some

cells beyond 15 to 20 mV in guinea pig IMG. In some cases slope resistance

decreased when the membrane was hyperpolarized.

1.5.2.2 Synaptic Inputs ~ Ganglion Cells

Intracellular recordings have confirmed the findings of

extracellular recordings that all of the nerves associated with the IMG carry

preganglionic fibers. Most cells in the cat, dog, guinea pig, and rabbit IMG

receive synaptic input from all nerve trunks entering the ganglion (Crowcroft

& Szurszewski, 1971; Kreulen, 1982b; Jule ~ al., 1983; King eSc Szurszewski,

1984a; Simmon eSc Dun, 1985).

Spontaneous excitatory postsynaptic potentials (fast-EPSP) with

amplitude varying from4.8 mV to the noise level of the base line and durations

Page 52: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

27

ranging from 15 to 30 ms have been shown to increase their frequency by

repetitive stimulation of the hypogastric nerve. The rise time of the

spontaneous EPSP ranged from 3.5 to 7.0 ms, and the half decay time from 5 to 10

ms (Blackman~ a1., 1969). As far as the latencies are concened, they range

from 5 to35 ms. A cell with a low threshold of excitation shows a low value of

latency. The nerve evoked EPSP in the rabbit IMG had an average rise time of 7

ms, duration of 42 ms, and time constant of decay of 18 ms (Simmons & Dun,

1985). These fast EPSP's were abolished in low Ca2+/high Mg2+ solution and

by ~TC (50 ~M). Crowcroft and Szurszewski (1971) have found that 20% of

cells which exhibited synaptic responses to stimulation of the colonic nerve

of guinea pig shows an all-or-nothing fast rising response ranging from 10 to

20 mV in amplitude. The rise time of this response varied from 0.8 to 1.0 ms.

A marked convergence of fast-EPSP inputs distinguishes the IMG from

other sympathetic ganglia. In fortyfour cells tested, approximately 80%

received preganglionic input from the colonic and intermesenteric nerves and

from splanchnic and hypogastric nerves. Most cells received preganglionic

input from at least ten preganglionic fibers in each of the colonic and

intermesenteric nerves, three to five from hypogastric nerve and one to three

fibers from each splanchnic nerve. Therefore, more than forty preganglionic

fibers converge on anyone cell. In rabbit IMG, the cells receive, on

average, 12 inputs from the aortic branch of the intermesenteric nerve, 19

from the intermesenteric nerve and 11 from the hypogastric nerve. This gives

an average of 42 inputs (Simmons & Dun, 1985). Cells of the cat IMG receive

synaptic input from two or three different lumbar sympathetic rami, most

often from adjacent segments (Krier ~.!!..:.., 1982; Jule ~.!!..:..' 1983). The

number of inputs from a single ramus to one cell ranged from 1 to 13 with a mean

Page 53: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

28

of 5 per cell (Krier ~ al., 1982). Some fibers from the lumbar spinal cord

synapse with axon collaterals in the paravertebral sympathetic ganglia and

then continue to the prevertebral ganglia (Hartman & Krier, 1984).

In guinea pig IMG, action potentials in response to synaptic action

after indirect stimulation were followed by a prolonged period of after­

hyperpolarization and a later phase of prolonged after-depolarization. The

threshold for initiation of an action potential ranged from 10 to 20 mV

depolarization and the amplitude of the evoked action potential often

exceeded 100 mV (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971). The after

hyperpolarization is up to 15 mV in amplitude and lasts from 0.2 to 0.5 s; the

after-depolarization is up to 5 mVand lasts for as long as 10 s. The time

course of these after potentials depends on the pattern of firing of action

potentials during the period of stimulation. In the presence of dihydro-l3-

erythroidine (Blackman ~ al., 1969) or if synaptic action was insufficient

to evoke action potentials, only the after-depolarization was observed. In

the rabbit IMG, the orthodromic spike and antidromic spike do not differ in

amplitude (Simmons & Dun, 1985). The orthodromic action potential is

initiated from the fast-EPSP. In addition to the fast-EPSP, a slow-EPSP has

been observed in some cells of the rabbit IMG (Simmons & Dun, 1985). The

response is elicited by presynaptic repetitive stimulation, and is blocked by

superfusion of atropine 1 II M. According to these authors only 7% of the

cells exhibit an atropine-sensitive slow-EPSP that are not accompanied by

noncholinergic depolarization (See Section 6).

1.5.2.3 Types of Cells. Ganglion cells were also classified

according to their responses to constant depolarizing current pulses of

several seconds long. Weems and Szurszewski (1979) referred to two types of

Page 54: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

29

cells: tonic - discharging and phasic - discharging. However, there was no

correlation between the cell type and its location, resting membrane

potential, input resistance, or pattern of preganglionic synaptic input.

Furthermore, some of the tonic cells in which the interval between successive

action potential decreased with current of increasing intensity, responded

with a damped oscillation (Blackman ~ al., 1969). In addition to tonic and

phasic cells, neurons in the IMG of certain species ·have been further

classified. In dog IMG, 208 of 430 cel1s showed continuous electrical

activity in the form of spontaneous EPSP (2-3 mV in amplitude). This

activity is unaffected by TTX (3 llM) but abolished by hexamethonium (100 II M)

(King & Szurszewski, 1984a). In this ganglion, 21 cells of 430 cel1s behave

as pacemakers. Evoked synaptic potentials are abolished by hexamethonium

(100 llM). In the cat IMG, neurons could be classified into three types:

nonspontaneous, irregular discharging, and regular discharging neurons.

Non-spontaneous neurons have a stable resting membrane potential and respond

with action potentials to direct and indirect stimulation. Irregular

discharging neurons exhibit a discharge of fast-EPSP' s which sometimes give

rise to action potentials. This activity is abolished by hexamethonium,

chlorisondamine, and dTC. TTX and a low Ca2+ /high Mg2+ solution also block

this activity. Regular discharging neurons are characterized by a rhythmic

firing of action potentials. Injection of hyperpolarizing current

abolishes the regular discharge of action potentials but reveals no

underlying synaptic potentials (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983).

1.5.2.4 IMG-Colon Preparation. That the IMG receives inputs from

neurons in the colon has been confirmed using an in vitro IMG-c01on

preparation (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971). With this preparation, it has been

Page 55: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

30

established that IMG receives preganglionic cholinergic inputs of peripheral

origin. Continuous electrical activity consisting of action potentials or

fast-EPSP I s is recorded from 80% of neurons in all regions of the IMG. This

activity is abolished by cutting the colonic nerve or treating the colon with

TTX but persisted in a decentralized ganglion. However, stimulation of any

of the nerve trunks attached to the ganglion was still effective in eliciting

synaptic response. Similarly, application of the nicotinic cholinergic

antagonist, dihydro-a-erythroidine, to the IMG olocks both spontaneous and

evoked activity. When applied only to the colon, the compound depresses but

does not completely block the activity. Thus, the spontaneous activity must

have been initiated in the colon, directly or indirectly, by cholinergic

activation and is mediated by the activation of cholinergic nicotinic

receptors in the IMG neurons (see also Peters & Kreulen, 1986).

The continuous activity is proportional to the intraluminal pressure

in the colon. Raising the pressure above 5 cm H20 causes this continuous

input to the IMG to increase (Weems & Szurszewski, 1977). At least part of

this input, therefore, seems to be dependent on mechanoreceptors in the gut.

Smooth muscle relaxants (i.e. Papaverine, isoproterenol, ATP, atropine)

cause a decrease in the spontaneous activity recorded from IMG cells.

Carbachol, Ach, and 5-HT, which excite the colon, increase this synaptic

activity (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971a; Szurszewski & Weems, 1976). The latter

effect is blocked by atropine or ~TC.

The synaptic input from the colon and colonic motility are

transiently blocked following repetitive stimulation of any of the nerve

trunks connected to the IMG. The discharge of miniature synaptic potentials

is unaffected. Following stimulation of the colonic nerves at 20 Hz for 1 s,

Page 56: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

31

the inhibition lasts 1.5 s. Increasing the frequency or duration of the

nerve stimulation results in a longer period of inhibition of the spontaneous

activity. This inhibition is mimicked by application of norepinephrine to

the colon, but only a slight inhibitory effect is seen when norephinephrine is

added to IMG. Phentolamine, when added to the colon side of the bath, blocks

the effect of norepinephrine and the transient inhibition following

repetitive nerve stimulation. In reserpinized animals repetitive

stimulation of the nerve trunks fail to inhibit the spontaneous synaptic

activity originating in the colon, further indicating its adrenergic nature

(Szurszewski & Weems, 1976). These results suggest that the IMG is involved

in a peripheral reflex. Its neurons receive afferent input from

mechanoreceptors located in the wall of the distal colon. The mechano­

sensitivity of this afferent pathway is in part controlled by efferent

noradrenergic neurons of the IMG. The !MG-colon neural circuitry can,

therefore, be considered to form a feedback control system which participates

in the regulation of colon motility (Szurszewski & Weems, 1976).

King and Szurszewski (l984b) have obtained evidence that the stretch

mechanoreceptor information from the colon of the guinea pig is referred

mainly to the IMG with minimal involvement of the spinal cord. The

cholinergic mechanoreceptor neurons from the gut project to the IMG, and no

further centripetally. Their preparation consists of spinal cord, DRG,

paravertebral ganglia, prevertebral ganglia and colon, with associated nerve

trunks. The evidence is as follows: (1) While stimulation of the nerve

trunks of the IMG or distension of the colon did result in cholinergic

excitation in the IMG, stimulation of the dorsal roots form T13 to T4 did not,

indicating that the cholinergic excitatory fibers from the colon do not

Page 57: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

32

continue more centrally. Tsunoo ~ ale (1982) had also found that dorsal

root stimulation did not elicit fast-EPSP' s in the IMG cells. These

ob.servations suggest that sensory nerve fibers in dorsal root filaments do

not make ~ passant cholinergic synaptses with neurons in the IMG, (2) When

recordings were made fromDRG cells, stimulation of the nerve trunks of the

IMG or distension of the colon failed to produce action potentials in the DRG

cells, (3) Extracellular recordings from the dorsal or ventral roots detected

no discharges following stimulation of the nerve trunks to the IMG or

following colon distension. Discordantly, in the guinea pig IMG it has been

suggested that SP-containing sensory neurons w1th cell bodies in the DRG

project through the IMG to the colon (Dalsgaard & Elfvin, 1979, 1982). King

and Szurszewski 0984b) suggest that perhaps the number of such SP-containing

cells was too small to be detected by random sampling of DRG cells or by

extracellular recordings from the nerve roots. In this regard, the tracers

HRP or true blue labeled only less than 5% of DRG cells when applied to the IMG

or the colonic nerves (Dalsgaard & Elfvin, 1979; Dalsgaard~al., 1982a; King

& Szurszewski, 1984a). This small fraction may be involved with nociception

but may not carry mechanoreceptor information (King & Szurszewski, 1984b).

1.6. Noncholinergic Transmission in the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion

Repetitive stimulation of nerves associated with the IMG elicits

various synaptic potentials in the principal ganglion cells. These

potentials are of opposite polarities and different time scale. Apart from

the fast EPSP's and action potentials, these potentials usually consist of

Page 58: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

33

slow depolarization preceded by slow hyperpolarization.

Pharmacologically, the slow depolarization can be dissected into two

conponents: "slow EPSP" designing the atropine sensitive component and the

"late slow EPSP" referring to the noncholinergic component. I will use

throughout the term "slow depolarization" as an alternative to the terms

"late slow EPSP". Detailed reviews on how these terms came about are

available (Libet, 1970; Kuba & Koketsu, 1978; Simmons, 1985).

1. 6.1 Characteristics

It was Neild (1978) who first studied the noncholinergic

transmission in the mammalian IMG. He described a "slowly developing

depolarization" in neurons of the guinea pig IMG following repetitive

stimulation (30 liz for 2 s) of the hypogastric nerve. The occurrence of the

slow depolarization was confirmed in the same ganglion by Dun and Jiang

(1982). The slow depolarization was accompanied with firing of neuronal

action potential. However, the results differ from those of the earlier

report in two points. First, the lowest frequency necessary to evoke slow

depolarization is 1-2 Hz instead of 10 Hz. Second, upon clamping the

membrane potential, the slow depolarization is accomplanied with one of the

three types of membrane resistance changes: an increase, a delayed increase,

and a biphasic change consisting of an initial decrease followed by an

increase. In this context, Neild (1978) found a decrease in Rin in the

majority of cells tested. The decrease in Rin induced by injecting

depolarizing current was smaller than that induced by presynaptic repetitive

stimulation. These observations indicate that the changes in Rin are

independent of membrane rectification. It is not known, however, why there

Page 59: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

34

has not been one type of Rin change in the two studies. Despite clamping the

membrane at its resting level, various types of Rin changes have been

described by different investigations. In contrast to the results of Dun and

Jiang (1982), Tsunoo!! ale (1982) reported only two types of Rin changes: an

increase in 66% of the cells and no change in the remainder. Compared with

Neild's results (1978), Konishi!! ale (1979) did not clamp the membrane

potential. They observed, however, that only when the depolarization

exceeded 15 mV, the Rin usually decreased. These authors claimed that the

observed decrease was due to delayed rectification. However, in Neild's

report (1978), rectification was excluded and there was a fall in Rin during

slow depolarization of less than 7 mV. Furthermore, Jiang and Dun (1981)

observed frequent decrease in Rin. It was demonstrated that the decrease in

Rin could not be ascribed entirely to membrane rectification (Neild, 1978;

Konishi ~.!!..:., 1979; Jiang & Dun, 1981).

The amplitude of the slow depolarization ranges from 2 to 10 mV

(Neild, 1978; Dun & Jiang, 1982) with the average value being about 4 mV (Dun &

Jiang, 1982). Observations have revealed that the latency of the slow

depolarization ranges from 0.5 to 5 s and the rise time to peak is from 10 to 25

s (Neild, 1978, Tsunoo, 1982). The half decay time of the response has been

reported to be 51 s (Tsunoo!! al., 1982) consistent with the 90 s duration of

the response (Neild, 1978). A slow depolarization was observed in 70 to 80%

of the cells in the guinea pig IMG (Neild, 1978; Tsunoo ~.!!..:., 1982). In the

rabbit, the slow depolarization observed in 63% of cells averaged 4.3 mV and

lasted 159 s (Simmons & Dun, 1985); in guinea pig, the average amplitude was 4

mVand the duration 54 s (Dun & Jiang, 1982; see alse Peters & Kreulen, 1984).

These are common features of the presynaptic repetitive stimulation

Page 60: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

35

induced slow depolarization reported by various investigators: it is not

affected by dTC, atropine, or guanethidine (i.e. noncholinergic and

nonadrenergic); it is abolished by TTX or in a low Ca2+/high Mg2+ solution

(i.e. mediated by a transmitter that required depolarization and Ca2+ to be

released from the nerve terminals). In the rabbit IMG, a muscarinic slow

EPSP was frequently contiguous with the noncho1inergic response that was

observed in 63% of the cells (Simmons & Dun, 1985). Desensitization of the

slow depolarization by repeated stimulation has not been reported. The

occurrence of a slow depolarization in the guinea pig or rabbit IMG did not

follow stimulation of specific nerve trunks; the slow depolarization can be

elicited via inputs that were also found not to be topographically organized

(Simmons & Dun, 1985) and could be elicited in cells located throughout the

IMG irrespective of the nerve trunk being stimulated.

Some authors agree upon the involvement of multiple conductance

change to explain the complex ionic mechanism underlying the slow

depolarization in mammalian IMG (Neild, 1978; Jiang & Dun, 1981) and in

amphibian sympathetic ganglia (Kuba & Koketsu, 1976; Jan ~ al., 1980;

Katayama ~ al., 1981). The observed decrease in Rin is consistent with an

increase in GNa as a low Na+ solution attenuated the response (Jiang & Dun,

1981). On the other hand, an increase in Rin suggests Gk- inactivation.

However, the amplitude of the slow depolarization was enhanced rather than

depressed when the membrane potential was hyperpolarized to the level of Ek in

the majority of neurons tested (Jiang and Dun, 1981). The relationship

between membrane potential and the slow depolarization amplitude

demonstrated by some cells was not a simple linear relationship. The

extrapolated mean equilibrium potential (null potential) for the slow

Page 61: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

36

depolarization obtained from 9 cells was -37+6 mV (Jiang and Dun, 1981).

1. 6. 2 Colon Distension-Induced Slow Depolarization

In addition to the increased continuous fast synaptic activities

observed in guinea pig IMG upon colon distension (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971;

Szurszewski & Weems, 1976), a slow depolarization can be seen underlining the

fast activities (Peters & Kreulen, 1986). This slow depolarization

persisted while the asynchronous synaptic activity was abolished by

cholinergic antagonists. TTX also abolished the slow depolarizat ion.

Fortyfour percent of the guinea pig IMG neurons exhibited colon distension­

induced noncholinergic depolarization with amplitude averaging 3.4.! 0.3 mV

and duration of 108 + 7 s. Repeated distension results in desensitization of

the slow depolarization. Upon colon distension, presynaptic repetitive

stimulation-induced slow depolarizations were reversibly attenuated by 19 .!

8%. Similar to the relationship between the amplitude of presynaptic

repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization and stimulation

parameters, distension-induced slow depolarization increased with the

increase in the colonic intraluminal pressure between 2 and 20 cm H20, then

decreased at higher pressure.

Increasing the membrane potential up to -80 mV caused progressive

increase in the amplitude of the slow depolarization. Further

hyperpolarization resulted in a decrease in response amplitude. It was

proposed that this slow depolarization represents mechanosensory afferent

pathways from the colon converging on some IMG neurons of guinea pig to

enhance the intestinal inhibitory reflex activated by cholinergic

mechanoreceptor afferent input to the IMG.

Page 62: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

37

1. 6.3 Peptides and Transmission

Many peptides have been proposed as candidates for the transmitters

of the slow depolarization in the prevertebral ganglia: angiotensin II, LHRH,

thyrotropin-releasing hormone, somatostatin, and SP (See Dun, 1980; Tsunoo

,!:! al., 1982). In addition, arginine vasopressin has recently been

suggested as a transmitter (Peters & Kreulen, 1984). Substance P was the

only one that had been considered the neurotransmitter in the guinea pig IMG

based on the electrophysiological and pharmacological similarities between

SP- or presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization.

1.6.3.1 Substance P Actions. When applied to the guinea pig IMG,

SP (10-100 nM) causes a slow depolarization accompanied frequently with

intense neuronal discharge in 85% of cells (Dun & Minota, 1981). The average

amplitude is 9 mVand the duration is 3 min. The slow depolarization and the

spiking are not abolished by cholinergic antagonist or by superfusing the

ganglion with a low Ca2+/high Mg2+ solution or by TTX (Dun & Minota, 1981;

Tsunoo ,!:! al., 1982), indicating that the response is noncholinergic

oc~urring directly at the postsynaptic membrane. In the majority of neurons

tested, SP-induced slow depolarization is associated with a fall in membrane

resistance (Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Dun, 1980). It is noteworthy that the

noncholinergic slow depolarization produced by presynaptic repetitive

stimulation was also accompanied in the majority of neurons by a fall in Rin

(Neild, 1978; Dun & Karczmar, 1979). However, in another report, Minota,!:!

al. (1981) observed equal number of neurons with increases and decreases in

Rin' Therefore, SP-induced slow depolarization is characteristically

. similar to the depolarization induced by presynaptic repetitive stimulation.

Page 63: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

38

Substance P-induced slow depolarization can undergo desensitization with

continued presence of SP. After the development of the desensitization,

repetitive stimulation of hypogastric nerves fails to induce the slow

depolarization, indicating that the postsynaptic receptors mediating the

slow depolarizations are pharmacologically similar. Further, SP antagonist

has a depressant effect on the repetitive stimulation induced slow

depolarization (Jiang~ al., 1982a, Konishi~ al., 1983). Desensitization

of 30% of the tested ganglion cells to SP attenuated the colon distension

induced slow depolarization (Peters & Kreulen, 1986).

Two types of cells are revealed upon hyperpolarizing the neuron in

the presence of SP. Some cells exhibits enhanced SP-induced slow

depolarization with hyperpolarization. The extrapolated null potential is

-32 mV. The mean equilibrium potential of the presynaptic repetitive

stimulation-induced slow depolarization is -39 mV (Dun & Jiang, 1982). In

the second type of cell, the slow depolarization was attenuated as the

membrane potential approached the K+ equilibrium potential. When external

Na+ is replaced by sucrose or Tris, the SP slow depolarization is reduced to

about 20% of the control response. In addition, high K+ reduces the response

by about one-half (Dun & Minota, 1981). It is concluded that SP depolarizes

the guinea pig IMG neuron by a mechanism involving changes in conductance to

more than one ion including a combination of GNa activation and Gk

inactivation (Dun & Minota, 1981).

In rabbit IMG, SP depolarizes only 33% of cells tested (Simmons &

Dun, 1985) compared to 90% in the guinea pig LMG (Dun & Minota, 1981).

However, SP-induced slow depolarization is accompanied by a decrease in Rin

unlike the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization

Page 64: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

39

which was accompanied with a Rin increase in 63% of cells tested (Simmons &

Dun, 1985). Also in the rabbit UIG, SP application does not result in

desensitization of the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow

depolarization (Simmons & Dun, 1985). Moreover, SP antagonist does not

affect the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization

(Simmons & Dun, 1985).

1.6.3.2 Evidence for Substance P as a Transmitter. The evidence -- ---for SP as a transmitter mediating the slow depolarization in guinea pig IMG

neurons can be as follows: 1) SP-like immunoreactive nerve terminals and

varicose nerve networks have been localized in the IMG (Hokfelt~al., 1977;

Konishi ~.!!..:., 1979; Baker ~ a1., 1980; Matthews & Cuello, 1982). These

terminals from axon collaterals effect en passant axodendritic synapses with

the neurons of the IMG (Baker ~.!.!..:.., 1980; Matthews & Cuello, 1982). 2) SP-

like immunoreactive materials are released from the IMG upon depolarization

of the ganglion with high [K+] 0 in a Ca2+ -dependent manner (Konishi!.!. a1. ,

1979; Tsunoo, 1982). 3) SP-induced slow depolarization imitates the slow

depolarization induced by presynaptic repetitive stimulation in terms of

time course and changes in Rin (Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Konishi!.!. a1., 1979; Dun

& Minota, 1981; Tsunoo ~ al., 1982). 4) SP induces desensitization of the

slow depolarization evoked by presynaptic repetitive stimulation suggesting

that both SP and the endogenous transmitter occupy the same receptor (Dun &

Karczmar, 1979; Konishi ~~, 1979; Dun & Minota, 1981; Tsunoo!.!. al.,

1982). 5) Following a prolonged in vitro treatment with capsaicin which is

known to cause depletion of SP from the primary afferents (Jessel ~~,

1978; Gamse!.!. al., 1980, 1981a and 1981b) and from prevertebral ganglia

(Konishi ~ al •• 1980; Gamse!.!..!!..:., 1981a and 1981b; Da1sgaard ~ a1.,

Page 65: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

40

1982a), the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization

is selectively abolished (Tsunoo ~ a1., 1982; Dun & Kiraly, 1983). Also, in

vivo capsaicin (Matthews & Cuello, 1983) leads to total loss of SP-like

immunoreactivity. 6) Utilizing retrograde axonal transport of HRP, studies

have demonstrated that afferent fibers originate from spinal ganglion cells

at levels from T13 to L4 (Elfvin & Dalsgaard, 1977). The studies have

indicated that certain afferent fibers, which run from visceral receptors in

the colon or pelvic organs, traverse the UIG on their way to their perikarya in

the DRG mainly at levels L2 and L3 • That SP fibers in the IMG are of sensory

nature has been further supported by evidence from combined retrograde

tracing and immunohistochemistry (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1982b). 7) As shown

from ligation and immunocytochemical studies, SP-immunoreactive synapses in

the IMG arise from collateral branches of these primary afferents (Baker ~

.!h, 1980; Dalsgaard ~ a1., 1982b; Matthews lie Cuello J 1982;. Tsunoo ~ a1.,

1982). These authors support the so called axon reflex in addition to the

central reflex to be mediated by SP. 8) Stimulation of the dorsal root evokes

a non-cholinergic slow EPSP but not a cholinergic fast-EPSP in the IMG cells,

whereas stimulation of the ventral root causes only cholinergic fast-EPSP

(Tsunoo ~.!!., 1982).

1.6.3.3 Evidence Against Substance P as the Exclusive Transmitter.

Many observations have been taken as evidence against the conclusion that SP

is the only neurotransmitter in the IMG. This evidence, which has been

emphasized by the involvement of the IMG in peripheral reflexes, consists of:

1) The persistance of fibers in peripheral stumps of visceral nerves

following ganglionectomy, and the degeneration of synaptic terminals in the

IMG after denervation favor the existence of peripheral reflex, independent

Page 66: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

41

of the primary afferents influence. Furthermore, the presence of neuronal

projections from the gastrointestinal tract to the IMG is established (Kuntz

& Saccamanno, 1944; Ungvary & Larnanth, 1970; Crowcroft ~ a1., 1971a). 2) SP­

like immunoreactive cell bodies have never been found residing in the distal

colon or in the IMG (Dalgaard ~ al., 1983). 3) SP-like immunoreactive

fibers have not been seen terminating in the IMG (Dalsgaard ~~, 1982a;

1983). The same conclusion has been reached by King and Szurszewski (l984b)

using electrophysiological and histological techniques. 4) Colon-ganglion

reflex activity displayed by a decentralized IMG, following degeneration of

the primary afferents and their collaterals that affect axodendritic

synapses in the IMG, cast strong doubt in an exclusive sensory role for SP in

the peripheral reflex. 5). All retrograde axonal transport studies (vide

supra) conducted to trace the origin of sensory pathways to the IMG have been

combined with indirect immunofluorescence techniques that utilized only

antisera for SP. 6) Some authors have admitted the contribution to the slow

depolarization induced by presynaptic repetitive stimulation by some other

substance than SP (Otsuka~ a1., 1982; Dun & Kiraly, lY83). For instance in

vitro capsaicin (Dun & Kiraly, 1983) was without effect in a few (8%) guinea

pig IMG neurons that were capable of generating presynaptic repetitive

stimulation-induced slow depolarization. The authors concluded that these

slow depolarizations may be generated by a transmitter other than SP (Dun &

Kiraly, 1983). Furthermore, even after in vivo capsaicin, presynaptic

repetitive stimulation- or colon distension-induced slow depolarization

could be produced in mammalian IMG neurons (Peters & Kreulen, 19!:S4).

Capsaicin has previously been shown to not only deplete SP but also other

types of peptides in primary sensory neurons (Jessel ~~, 1978; Gamse et

Page 67: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

42

al., 1980; Nagy~al., 1980; Jancso~al., 1981; Skofitsch~al., 1985).

n Evidence from combined retrograde tracing and immunohistochemistry

reveals only some (5%) of the retrogradely labelled cells as SP

immunoreactive (Elfvin and Dalsgaard, 1977; Dalsgaard ~.!.!:.:., 1982a; King &

Szurszewski, 1984b). The reason may be due to the existence of other types of

primary sensory neurons not containing SP but rather cholecystokinin or VIP.

8) From the lack of electrophysiological evidence and limited histological

support for major central sensory pathways, it is concluded that stretch

mechanoreceptor information from the colon of the guinea pig is referred

mainly to the prevertebral ganglia with minimal involvement of the spinal

cord (King & Szurszewski, 1984b).

On the other hand, ~n addition to VIP, dynorphin, and bombesin,

cholecystokinin (CCK)-like innnunoreactive cell bodies have been visualized

in the intramural ganglion of the colon (submucous and myenteric plexuses)

with CCK-like innnunoreactive fibers projecting to and terminating in the IMG

(Larrson & Rehfeld, 1979; Schultzberg~ al., 1980; Dalsgaard~ al., 1983).

Also, CCK-like innnunoreactive cell bodies have been detected in the dorsal

horn, dorsal root ganglia, and spinal cord (Hokfelt ~.!.!:.:., 1980a; Maderdrut

~ al., 1982; Yaksh~.!!.:., 1982; Schroder, 1983; Skirboll ~ al., 1983),

alone or coexisting with SP (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1982a and 1982b). Although

there has been no confirmation of pure cholecystokininergic afferents

projecting from the spinal cord to the IMG, the central contributions for CCK­

like innnunoreactive fibers have been confirmed (Lundberg ~ al., 1980).

Ligation of splanchnic, hypogastric, or lumbar colonic nerve results in an

accumulation of CCK-innnunoreactive materials in a few fibers proximal to the

ligation. Also, ligation of the intermesenteric nerves reveals a few CCK-

Page 68: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

43

positive fibers cranial to the ligation. Therefore, in addition to the

peripheral CCK-positive fibers projecting from the colon, at least some CCK­

positive primary afferent neurons project to the IMG (Dalsgaard ~ al.,

1983). Peptide-containing nerve fibers in the gastrointestinal wall may

also arrive in the vagus nerve (Gamse~..!!..:., 1979; Dockray ~ al., 1981). It

has been shown that SP and CCK immunoreactive neurons of sensory nature are

present in this nerve with cell bodies in the nodose and jugular ganglia

(Lundberg ~ al., 1978; Gilbert ~ al., lY80). Hence, possible central and

peripheral reflexes mediated by CCK could exist. On this ground, CCK could

be accepted as a sensory neurotransmitter, anci. like Sl!, CCK could mediate both

central and axonal reflex. In the subsequent sections, I will present in

detail neuronal cholecystokinin.

1.7 Cholecystokinin

Cholecystokinin is a gastrointestinal hormone that was first

discovered by Ivy and Goldberg in 1928. As a hormone, CCK controls gall

bladder contraction and pancreatic enzyme secretion. However, the latter

function was demonstrated with an intestinal extract, named pancreozymin, by

Harper and Raper (1943). Subsequently, Mutt and Jorpes (1966) determined

the sequence of a 33-residue peptide (CCK33 ) with properties of both CCK and

pancreozymin. It was not until nearly a decade later in 1975 that

Vanderhaeghen and his co-workers discovered a peptide in the central nervous

system that reacted with antibodies raised against gastrin. It was Dockray

(1976 & 1980) who first showed that this gastrin-like immunoreactivity is due

to the presence of the octapeptide form of CCK which has a C-terminal

Page 69: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

44

pentapeptide identical to gastrin. The appearance of CCK in both gut and

brain raises the intriguing issue of the evolutionary significance of

separate pools of a peptide in two discrete biological systems.

1. 7.1 What is Special About Cholecystokinin?

1.7.1.1 Anatomical distribution. The classical hormone, CCK,

occupies a unique position. First, the regional distribution of CCK differs

from other neuropeptides in that CCK is present in unusually high

concentrations in several brain regions. In the cerebral cortex, CCK is

found in microgram quantities, the highest reported to date for any

neuropeptide (Rehfeld, 1978b). The concentration of CCK is greater than 4

nmole/g protein and is at least an order of magnitude above the concentration

of norepinephrine or dopamine in rat cerebral cortex (Palkovits ~~,

1979). While values are not presently available for a detailed comparative !

distribution of CCK and other neuropeptides within cortical subdivisions,

CCK appears to be the most abundant peptide in several regions of cerebral

cortex thought to mediate sensory, motor, and associat ional processes

(Crawley, 1985a and 1985b). Considering the size of the cortex in man, it is

obvious that CCK may be of great importance for the human brain, if CCK can be

shown to be acting as a transmitter.

It has been shown that CCK exists in high concentration in the

hippocampus, amygdala, septum, and olfactory tubercles compared to other

peptides (Brownstein~~, 1976; O'Donohue~~, 1981; Emson~.!!..:., 1982;

Beinfeld, 1983). These limbic structures have been implicated in learning

and memory, emotional response, and social behavior. However, in another

limbic site, the caudate nucleus, CCK is present at considerably lower

Page 70: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

45

concentrations than other peptides such as Met-enkepha1in. CCK is also

found in relatively high concentrations in the hypothalamus and may play an

important role in the hypothalamic regulation of pituitary release of

adrenocorticotrophic hormone (Mezey ~ a1., 1985). In contrast to the

primarily hypothalamic peptides (thyrotropin releasing hormone,

neurotensin, and bombesin), CCK is found in high concentrations in the

arcuate nucleus and the median eminence. Compared to high concentrations of

SP and met-enkepha1in in the spinal cord and the cerebellum, respectively low

levels of CCK can be shown (Crawley, 1985a and 1985b). The CCK present in the

spinal cord is localized in the dorsal horn and may have important functions

in modulating tolerance to analgesics (Faris, 1985).

The presence of CCKaS/NS in guinea pig intestinal nerve has been

shown by radioimmunoassay and gel filtration of extracts of myenteric plexus

and longitudinal muscle (Hutchison ~ a1., 1981). Immunocytochemistry and

radioimmunoassay have demonstrated the occurrence of CCK in the

gastrointestinal tract of guinea pig (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979). Based on

immunocytochemical observations, immunoreactive nerves are only detected in

the distal gastrointestinal tract. In the colon, immunoreactive nerves are

detected in the myenteric plexus of Auerbach and in the submucous plexus of

Meissner, where the positive fibers innervate nonimmunoreactive ganglionic

cell bodies. In addition, a few somas of Meissners plexus show intense

immunoreactivity. Numerous immunoreactive nerves also occur in and around

the lamina muscularis mucosa, which they penetrate to reach the mucosa, where

a quite dense plexus of nerves is formed. At the zone between the submucosa

and lamina propria mucosae, the immunoreactive nerves are frequently

encountered in the adventitia of small vessels which they seem to innervate.

Page 71: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

46

Similar patterns of CCK distribution has been shown in the gastrointestinal

tract of guinea pig and cat (Schultzberg ~.!!.:.' 1980). Numerous

immunoreactive nerves are, in addition, detected in the celiac superior

mesenteric ganglion complex. The nerves surround the non-immunoreactive

ganglion cell bodies with their varicose terminals in an innervation like

pattern. High concentrations of CCK (81 pmole equivalent CCKS/g wet weight)

are present in the celiac and superior mesenteric ganglia. According to the

measurements of radioimmunoasssay, the highest concentrations of

gastrointestinal CCK are measured in the duodenum and in the jejunum.

However, substantial concentrations of CCK are also measured in the colon and

in the ileum.

Sections from guinea pig IMG treated with antiserum to CCK show a

dense network of immunofluorescent fibers around the principal ganglion cell

bodies (Dalsgaard, 1983). The totally denervated ganglion shows no

immunoreactive fibers. When the lumbar splanchnic, hypogastric, and

intermesenteric nerves are cut and the colonic nerves are left intact,

similar pattern of CCK.-positive fibers are seen as in the unoperated animals.

If all but intermesenteric, hypogastric, or lumbar splanchnic nerves are cut,

a few single CCK immunoreactive fibers can be detected. These results

indicate that most of the CCK-immunoreactive fibers can be shown in the IMG

having their cell bodies in the intramural ganglia of the colon. The CCK­

immunoreactive fibers reach the ganglion predominantly via the colonic

nerves. Thus, cutting the colonic nerves causes an almost total reduction of

the CCK immunoreactive fibers in the IMG. It has been suggested that at least

some of these neurons have a central projection (Lundberg ~ al., 1980).

Ligation of the lumbar splanchnic (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983) nerve

Page 72: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

47

results in an accumulation of CCK-immunoreactive material in a few fiber

proximal to the ligation, indicating that there is a minor contribution of

CCK-immunoreactive fibers of central origin in addition to those of the

colonic origin. Furthermore, a few CCK-immunoreactive cell bodies have been

demonstrated in the dorsal root ganglia (Hokfelt ~ al., 1980a). At least

some of the CCK-positive primary afferent neurons project to the IMG

·(Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983). Ligation of the colonic and hypogastric nerve

causes an accumulation of CCK-immunoreact~vity in a few fibers proximal to

the ligation, indicating that the CCK primary afferent neurons may project to

the visceral organs through these nerves. When the intermesenteric nerve is

ligated, a few CCK-positive fibers are seen cranial to the ligation. These

fibers may represent a proportion of CCK-containing neurons in the proximal

part of the colon to the IMG and in a primary afferent projection from the

upper lumbar levels (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983).

1.7.1.2 Coexistence with Other Peptides or Amines. CCK presents

some of the best examples of co-existence. In the dopamine-containing AlO

neurons in the ventral tegmental area of the mesencephalon, CCK is found co­

localized with dopamine in almost half of the cell bodies (Hokfelt ~ al.,

1980b and 1980c; 1985) CCK and epinephrine are found in the same neurons

within the dorsal vagal complex and the dorsal nucleus tractus solitarius

(Hokfelt~al., 1985). In the Edinger-Westfall nucleus projecting to the

dorsal horn of the spinal cord, CCK is found co-localized with SP (Skirboll ~

~, 1982). CCK co-exists with vasopressin in the paraventricular nucleus

of the hypothalamus and in the ventral supraoptic nucleus (Vanderhaeghen ~

al., 1985). CCK also co-exists with oxytocin in the dorsal supraoptic

nucleus of the hypothalamus projecting to the posterior pituitary

Page 73: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

48

(Vanderhaeghen ~ a1., 1985). One of the first demonstrations of the

functional importance of a co-existing peptide and monamine was described for

CCK-dopamine co-localization in the meso limbic pathway that shows

biochemical, receptor binding, electrophysiological, and behavioral

interactions between CCK and dopamine in ventral tegmental cell bodies and in

terminal regions within the nucleus accumbens (Studler ~ a1., 1985; Crawley,

1985b). Of particular interest is the possible occurrence of a population of

enteric neurons containing both gastrin/CCK- and somatostatin-like peptide

in the proximal colon (Schultzberg, 1980).

1.7.1.3 Molecular Forms ~ Cholecystokinin in the Central and -------Peripheral Nervous Systems. The original study by Vanderhaeghen ~ ale

(1975) described a brain peptide which "reacted with gastrin antibodies".

Fortunately, not long after Vanderhaegen's initial discovery, Dockray and

his colleagues (Dockray, 1976; Dockray ~~, 1978) demonstrated that the

bulk of the immunoreactivity was due to a molecule closely related to gastrin,

CCK8 • Rehfeld's data (Rehfeld, 1978a; Rehfeld ~ a1., 1984), however, have

shown the presence of gastrin in the brain of all mammalian species examined

so far mainly in hypothalamohypophyseal neurons and occasionally in medulla

oblongata (Rehfeld and Lundberg, 1983). The early studies (Dockray, 1976;

Muller et a1., 1977; Rehfeld, 1978b) suggested that the C-terminal

octapeptide fragment of the porcine intestinal CCK33 isolated by Mutt and

Jorpes (1968) predominated in the brain. CCK39 has also been characterized

by Mutt (Mutt, 1976). However, CCK is like gastrin, an extremely

heterogenous system of peptides formed by proteolytic cleavage of several

different peptide bonds from a single precursor of 95 amino acids (Deschenes

~ a1., 1985).

Page 74: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

49

Sequence-specific immunochemistry combined with various types of

chromatography strongly suggest that CCK occurs in a number of different

native forms (Rehfeld, 1978b) among which there is a biosynthetic

relationship (Go1termann ~ a1., 1980). First, sulfated CCK8 (CCK8S)

constitutes a major part of CCK in the cerebral cortex (Dockray ~.!!..:., 1978;

Marley & Rehfeld, 1984; Marley ~.!!..:., 1984). As shown in these studies, only

the last eluted form from the three different forms of CCKaS corresponds to

native CCK8S. Second, nonsu1fated CCKa (CCK8NS) is also present, although

in concentrations of 1% or less of those of CCKaS. Marley ~ a!. (1984) have

also persistently found CCK8NS,in the rat brain. Third, in addition to CCKa

there are substantial amounts of larger molecular forms containing the intact

CCK8S sequence at the C-terminus: CCK)S8' CCKS8 ' and CCK33 • All these forms

are, by definition, biologically active since they elute by gel and ion

exchange chromatography and by HPLC as CCK8S after tryptic cleavage. In

addition, they react fully with antisera specific for both the N-terminal

sulfated sequence and C-termina1 amidated sequence of CCK8 • It is not known

whether these forms are released from synaptic vesicles and have specific

receptors in some regions or whether they are all cleaved to CCK8 before

release. So far they have not been found in the cerebrospinal fluid (Rehfeld

& Kruse-Larsen, 1978). Fourth, the cerebral cortex contains C-terminal

amidated fragments of CCK8 • In addition to minimal amounts of sulfated

CCK27- 33 , there is a major component of CCK29- 33 and CCK30- 33 (Rehfeld,

1978b; Marley ~.!!..:., 1984). Interestingly, CCK30- 33 is bound with almost

the same potency as CCK8S to CCK receptors in the brain, even when l2SI-CCK33

is used as radio1igand (Saito ~ a1., 1980). This relationship contrasts

gross ly to the exocrine pancreat ic CCK receptors, to which CCK30- 33 is bound

Page 75: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

50

with a 10,000-fold lower potency than CCK8S (Sankaran ~ a1., 1980 & 1981).

The strong binding of CCK30- 33 to receptors in the brain suggests that the

smaller C-terminal fragments of CCK8 ~~ may act as potent transmitters in

the same way CCK30- 33 has been suggested to act for peripheral CCK nerves in

the islets of Langerhans (Rehfeld ~ al., 1980). These forms (from CCK58 to

CCK30- 33 ) contain the active site-Trp-~et-Asp-Phe-Nh2 at their C-terminus

and are, therefore, all putative transmitters.

The pattern of CCK forms in brain differ from that in intestinal

extracts where the larger forms occur in relatively high concentrations

(Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979). In the cerebral cortex of guinea pig, the largest

CCK component (CCK)58) constitutes 10% of the cortical immunoreactivity; the

CCK33-like component 2-5%; the CCK12-like component 10%, the CCKS-like

component 70% and the CCK30_33-like component 7%. The hypothalamus and

medulla oblongata display nearly the same CCK component pattern as that found

in the cerebral cortex (Larrson & Rehfeld, 1979). The largest CCK component

constitutes, however, a slightly larger fraction of the immunoreactivity.

In spinal cord, CCK12 was present in higher concentrations than the remaining

components. The superior mesenteric and celiac ganglia contain a relatively

large proportion of CCK33 • Otherwise the CCK-component pattern

corresponded to that seen in the cortex. In the colon, the small molecular

forms of CCK predominates (Larsson and Rehfeld, 1979). The recent cloning

and sequencing of rat DNA complementary to CCK messenger RNA by Deschenes ~

.!!..:...t.. (1984), should now facilitate studies aimed at understanding the

interrelationship of different CCK molecules.

Page 76: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

51

1. 7.2 CCK in Sensory Fibers

Recent immunohistochemical studies in the rat (Dockray ~ aI., 1985)

provide additional support for the idea that the C-terminal immunoreactivity

occurs in sensory fibers. Local application of the sensory neurotoxin,

capsaicin, inhibits axonal transport in small diameter sensory fibers, and

can be shown to cause an accumulation of CCK-like immunoreactivity at the site

of application.

It is well known that CCK given intraperitoneally or intravenously

can influence behavior, for example, by evoking satiety effect by a vagally

dependent mechanism (Smith, 1983). There is extrinsic afferent CCK

innervation of the gut. Thus, material with ion exchange and gel filtration

properties of CCKS accumulated above ligatures of the vagus in the cat and

dog. This accumulation persisted even after section of the nerve above the

nodose ganglia and subsequent degeneration of the efferent fibers (Dockray ~

aI., 19S1). CCKS-like material is, therefore, localized to afferent fibers

with cell bodies in the nodose ganglion. The presence of CCK in afferent

vagal fibers and the identification of afferent C-terminal specific receptor

in the vagus, (Zarbin ~ al., 19S1) suggests the peptide may act to either

mediate or modulate the transmission of visceral information including that

initiating satiety behavior. In the vagus both CCK and gastrin can be found.

Brain stem neurons receiving an input from gastric mechanoreceptors respond

to CCKS in the same direction as the effect of gastric distension, but most do

not respond to gastrin given intravenously or intra-arterially.

With immunohistochemical techniques, CCK-like immunoreactivity has

been observed in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Larsson and Rehfeld,

Page 77: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

52

1979; Gibson ~~, 1981). It could be demonstrated that most of these

fibers, as seen with immunohistochemistry, represent central branches of

primary sensory neurons (Jancso ~ a1., 1981, Da1sgaard ~ ~ 1982b;

Maderdrut ~ a1., 1982; Marley ~ a1., 1982; Schu1tzberg ~~, 1982).

Dense CCK-immunoreactive fiber networks are also observed in prevertebral

ganglia (Larsson and Rehfeld, 1979; Da1sgaard ~ ~ 1983), mainly

originating in the gastrointestinal wall (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983, vide

infra), where CCK-immunoreactive cell bodies have also been seen

(Schultzberg ~ ~ 1980).

1. 7.3 Co-Existence of Cholecystokinin and Substance P

CCK-1ike immunoreactivity co-exists with a SP-like peptide in some

areas of the nervous system. In the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, SP and

CCK-like immunoreactivities are present in the same cell bodies (Dalsgaard et

a1., 1982). The area where the central branches of the primary sensory

neurons terminate, exhibit closely overlapping fiber networks containing

both compounds. Rowever, the spinal lateral nucleus (the area just lateral

to the dorsal aspects of the dorsal horn) contains SP, but not CCK­

immunoreactive fibers. These lateral SP fibers probably originate in the

spinal cord (Hokfe1t ~ a1., 1985). Furthermore, when treating rats with

capsaicin, a drug which is known to cause degeneration of a certain population

of primary sensory neurons, or after rhizotomy, both SP- and CCK-like­

immunoreactive fibers disappear from the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Fuxe

~ a1., 1980; Voight & Wang, 1984). The CCK-like immunoreactivity in primary

sensory neurons is, however, obscure. Thus, in biochemical studies,

capsaicin-treated animals have been analyzed both with immunohistochemistry

Page 78: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

53

and biochemistry (Marley et al., 1982; Schultzberg et ale , 1982).

Surprisingly, no effects on CCK (as CCK8) levels were seen with

radioimmunoassay, whereas an almost complete disappearance of CCK-like

immunoreactiity was observed with immunohistochemistry. These ,results

indicate that the CCK-like immunoreactivity observed with

immunohistochemistry may represent a different peptide than the one seen with

radioimmunoassay.

A group of strongly CCK-immunoreactive cell bodies was observed in

the anterior, ventral periaqueductal central gray (Innis ~~, 1979:

Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979; Loren ~ a1., 1979; Vanderhaeghen ~ al., 1980;

Hokfelt ~ al., 1980a). In the same region, numerous SP immunoreactive cell

bodies have also been observed (Ljungdahi ~ al., 197~). Comparative

analysis revealed that these two cell populations were identical to a large

extent (Skirboll ~ al., 1982). It could also be demonstrated that these

cells project to the spinal cord as revealed by combined retrograde tracing

and immunohistochemistry (Skirboll ~ al., 1983). This CCK-SP cell group is

a descending system. This system has been analyzed in detail in the cat;

both SP and CCK neurons have been shown to be in the Edinger-Westfall nucleus

projecting to the spinal cord (Moss & Basbaum, 1982: Maciewicz et al., 1983). ---These findings provide evidence for two peptides in a single neuron, and

suggest possible functional significance of such occurrence.

1. 7.4 Structure-Activity Relationships and Types of Receptors

A number of early studies compared gastrin, CCK, caerulein and

analogues for their effects on peripheral systems, including stomach and

pancreas (Tracy & Gregory, 1964; Morley ~ al., 1965). Studies on acid

Page 79: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

54

secretion showed that the C-terminal tetrapeptide of gastrin (Trp-Met-Asp­

PheNH2 ) retains full activity but is some 10-20 fold less potent than gastrin-

17. The suI fated and non-sulfated gastrin-17 were approximately equipotent

(Grossman, 1970) and within the C-terminal tetrapeptide of gastrin sequence

the aspartate residue was critical for activity (Marley, 1968). In contrast

to gastrin, shifting the position of the tyrosyl-O-sulfate to left or right

results in loss of the characteristic CCK effects on smooth muscle and

pancreas and leaves only gastrin-like activity (Kaminski ~ al., 1977;

Bodansky ~ al., 1978). Similarly, replacement of the sulfate group by a

phosphate group or removal of the sulfate dramatically reduces the ability to

enhance amylase secretion. Studies using the 125I-Bolton-Hunter labelled

CCK33 or 3H-caerulein have shown that on the pancreatic receptor sulfation of

CCK increased receptor activity some 100-1000 fold consistent with its effect

on amylase secretion. There are two binding sites for CCK33 on the

pancreatic acinar cell, a high affinity (Kd = 64 pM) and a low affinity (Kd = 21

nM) site (Christophe ~.!b.., 1980). The high affinity site is that involved

with amylase secretion, stimulation of cGMP formation, and increased,calcium

efflux, and it is likely to be the physiological receptor responding to

circulating CCK levels found after a meal.

In contrast, although the brain CCK binding site demonstrated using

125I-CCK33 has the highest affinity for the sulfated CCK8 , it resembles the

"gastrin" receptors in the stomach more closely in that both the nonsulfated

CCK8 , CCK30- 33 and gastrin are relatively potent at displacing 125I-CCK33

from the brain binding site (Innes & Snyder, 1980; Hays ~ a1., 1980; Sai to ~

a1., 1980; Saito~ a1., 1981; Hays & Paul, 1981; Hays ~ a1., 1981). The

distribution of CCK binding sites in the brain correlates reasonably with

Page 80: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

55

distribution of CCK-like immunoreactivity in rat and guinea pig (Innes &

Synder, 1980; Saito ~ a1., 1980). The differences in receptor affinity and

specificity between pancreas and brain are of particular interest in relation

to the pancreatic antagonists dibutyrylcyclic GMP, proglumide and benzotript

(Hahne ~ a1., 1981). Dibutyryl-cGMP displaces 125I-CCK33binding from

mouse brain slices (Saito ~ al., 1981), but no evidence is yet available on

proglumide and benzotript, nor is it known whether these compounds are

antagonists or agonists at central nervous system CCK receptors. There is a

clear need for a suitable in vitro test system for central nervous system CCK

receptors.

Indeed, the affinity of various CCK fragments to the pancreas

receptors correlated closely to their biological potency in stimulating

amylase release. By contrast, such correlation was still not demonstrated

at the level of brain receptors. If one accepts that the binding sites

recognized by radio labeled CCK peptides correspond well with physiological

receptors, the high affinity of nonsulfated CCK8 and other, shorter fragments

remains striking. It seems that there are distinct binding sites for CCK8

and CCK30- 33 in the brain. Binding studies have shown that the pancreatic

CCK receptor exhibits a high selectivity for CCK8 aud CCK33 versus CCK30- 33

and shorter fragments. So CCK30- 33 is about 1000 to 10,000 times less potent

than CCK8 when interacting with receptors of pancreatic acini but only ten

times less active at the brain receptors (Innis & Snyder, 1980; Jensen~ a1.,

1982). One possible explanation could be derived from the model of the

pancreas receptors (Jensen ~ al., 1982) which seems to contain two binding

subsites of different affinity whose successive occupation leads to opposite

responses. In the CNS, the CCK8 receptors could be constituted by a

Page 81: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

56

regulator with one functional subunit which is highly specific for the

sulfated peptide and an additional subunit for a nonsulfated peptide and

shorter fragments. Occupation of this latter site by the preceeding

peptides with high affinity might induce an allosteric transition hindering

interaction of CCKS with the functional subsite.

There are opposite effects of CCKS and CCK30- 33 in an open field

situation. CCK30- 33 administered intracerebroventricular1y in rats

increased locomotion and rearing while CCKS caused a decrease in these

activities (Hsiao ~ a1., 19S4). Moreover, proglumide blocks the effects of

CCKS but reinforces the CCK30_33-induced hypermotility. Such opposite

effects for the two peptides were already reported in electrophysiologica1

experiments on respiratory neurons (Morin ~ al., 19S3). This suggests the

occurrence of distinct binding sites for CCKSand CCK30- 33 in the brain.

Binding studies have shown that the pancreatic CCK receptor exhibits a high

selectivity for CCKS and CCK33 versus CCK30- 33 and shorter fragments.

1. 7.5 Sulfated Versus Nonsu1fated Cholecystokinin Octapeptide

Among neuropeptides, CCK displays the unusual feature of having a

tyrosyl residue with its phenol group in the seventh position esterified by

sulfuric acid. The O-sulfate group has been considered essential for the

biological activity of CCK in peripheral tissues as well as in the central

nervous system (Johnson~.!!.:.., 1970). Presumably, this group is introduced

at a post-translational stage of biosynthesis. Fekete ~ al., (1984) and

Cohen ~ al. (19S2) reported that both CCKS and CCKSNS facilitated the

extinction of an active-avoidance reaction in rats. Although both CCKSS and

CCKSNS can be detected in brain, there is no consensus about the central

Page 82: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

57

nervous activity of the latter compound. Most authors regard CCKSS as the

active form, with CCKSNS as its inactive metabolite or as an artifact produced

during isolation procedures. The results of Penke ~ a1. (19S5) have

revealed three different patterns for biological activities of these two

octapeptides: 1) In some experiments CCKSS is active while CCKSNS is

inactive, such as in the inhibition of tail pinch-induced food intake after

intraperitoneal administration (Telegdy .!:.E. a1., 19S4). 2) In other

biological tests CCKSS is inactive while CCKSNS is active, such as in

electroconvulsive shock-induced retrograde amnesia after

intracerebroventricular administration (Kadar et a1., 19S4). 3) Both

octapeptides were active in the CNS (Telegdy ~ al., 19S2).

1. 7.6 Cholecystokinin and the Neurotransmitter Criteria

Large number of peptides with amino sequence ran~ing from three to

one hundred amino acids are the most recent addition to the group of

neurotransmitter candidates. Some are known to have definite

electrophysiologieal actions, either excitatory or inhibitory. However,

many peptide neurotransmitter candidates do not display such clear-cut

effects and have instead been proposed to act as neuromodulators. The

numerous ways that a substance, localized in nerve endings and released upon

depolarization, can affect other neurons may "transmit" important

information. For the purpose of simplicity, I consider substances that are

highly localized to specific neuronal system, released on depolarization,

and produce changes in neuronal activity as "neurotransmitters".

To be considered a neurotransmitter, CCK must meet certain criteria

which have been developed in the course of debate over its eventual

Page 83: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

58

designation: anatomical, pharmacological, physiological, and biochemical

criteria. Whether these criteria are all necessary and sufficient for

pep tides remains to be established. Nonetheless, considerable progress has

been made towards satisfying these criteria to establish that CCK is a

transmitter in the central nervous system. At present, a substantial body of

evidence supports this notion (Morley, 1982; Rehfeld, 1980). In the

following discussion the author will highlight the body of this evidence.

1) Localization in neurons. By using antisera specific for defined

sequences of CCK, it has been known that CCK is localized in both central and

peripheral nerves (Larsson and Rehfeld, 1979). The CCK nerves are

particularly numerous in the neocortex, the hippocampus, the amygdaloid

nuclei, the hypothalamus, and colon where the cell bodies are giving rise to

axons terminating in prevertebral ganglia (vide supra). All are in

agreement with the regional distribution of CCK. In neurons, CCK is

localized in terminals and the cell bodies (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979).

Fractionation has also revealed that CCK occurs primarily in synaptosomal

vesicular fraction (Emson~ al., 1980b) a feature suggestive of transmitter

function.

2) Synthesis in nervous tissue. CCK has been shown to be synthetized in

cortex in rat and hog (Golterman, 1985). The synthesis of CCK in subcortical

parts of rat brain has also been demonstrated (Golterman, 1985). The newly

synthetized CCK8 and CCK30- 33 are packaged into granules, transported to

nerve endings and stored in the terminals (Golterman ~ al., 1980a; 1980b;

Golterman~ al., 1981; Golterman, 1982a; 1982b and 1982c). Rehfeld (1980)

has demonstrated the biosynthesis of precursors: radioactive amino acid

([35S] methionine) which is abundantly represented in CCK, was injected into

Page 84: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

59

the brain ventricles of anesthetized rats. The rats were decapitated at

various intervals with and without injection of non-radioactive methionine

("Chasing"). Extractions of CCK from the brain showed that methionine was

first incorporated into a large CCK polypeptide having a molecular weight of

15,000. This precursor was subsequently cleaved to smaller molecular weight

forms. The time-course of biosynthesis showed that CCK is synthesized very

rapidly and in large amounts - again a feature suggesting an active role for

CCK in the brain.

3) Neuronal release ~ adequate stimulation. An important criterion

for CCK role as a transmitter is that CCK is released by depolarizing stimuli

from CCK-containing synaptosomes and brain slices. Release from nerve

terminals by electrical stimulation has not yet been demonstrated, but with

the presence of CCK in distinct peripheral nerves (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979),

it should be possible now to demonstrate such release. Interestingly, some

gastrointestinal hormones such as gastrin (Peggion ~ a1., 1983) and CCK8S

(Penke ~ al., 1985) show a high affinity for bivalent cation such as Ca2+ and

might influence the release of substances from synaptic vesicles, thus

performing Ca2+-dependent process. Superfusion of brain slices induces a

Ca2! dependent release of CCK during depolarization (Emson~ al., 1980b;

Dodd ~ a1., 1980).

4) Imitation of the transmitter effect ~ exogenous application of CCK.

Application of low amounts of CCK peptides to the postsynaptic membrane of

hippocampal neurons (fmole/s) shows that CCK is a potent excitatant: the

neurons respond in a few second (Dodd & Kelly, 1981). The response rate

resembles that of small transmitters (e.g. L-glutamate), and contrasts with

the general view that neuropeptides have a slow onset of action. Also,

Page 85: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

60

dorsal horn neurons will be excited by CCK8 upon iontophoresis (Jeftinija ~

a1., 1981). The role of CCK as a neurotransmitters is further substantiated

by e1ectrophysio1ogical data indicating a postsynaptic effect of the

peptide. In accordance with this, Skirboll ~ al. (1981) found that i. v. CCK

heptapeptide excited the majority of cells in the rostral and medial parts of

the substantia nigra. Cells in the rostral area of substantia nigra also

responded to iontophoretic CCK heptapeptide in a dose dependent manner

(Hokfelt ~ al., 1980a). It is of primary importance that the only neurons

which responded with excitation in the dopaminergic substantia nigra were

those in which the co-existence of CCK with dopamine was demonstrated.

Another important criterion for CCK as a transmitter is that brain

homogenates contain binding sites for radiolabeled CCK (vide supra). These

binding sites are of high affinity and are saturable in a reversible manner.

Thus, they fulfill the criteria of specific receptors (Hays ~ al., 1980;

Innis & Snyder, 1980; Saito ~ al., 1981; Edwardson & McDermott, 1982). It is

of particular interest that the localization of binding sites, as revealed by

autoradiography of brain sections, suggests a distribution that matches that

of endogenous CCK8 (Zarbin ~ al., 1981).

Recently Rehfeld ~ .!!!.:..(l980a) have demonstrated a putatively

important transmitter action in another region. The islets of Langerhans,

but not the exocrine pancreatic tissue, are innervated by CCK nerve

terminals, and administration of CCK (as the C-terminal tetrapeptide) in

picomo1ar concentrations immediately induced a dramatic insulin and glucagon

release. The potent and immediate effects support the transmitter

candidature of CCK and suggest, moreover, that the postsynaptic membranes

contain specific receptors. As far as the interference with CCK action by

Page 86: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

61

analogues is concerned, a useful analogue for CCK has not been found.

5) Mechanisms for inactivation. In order to act as a transmitter, CCK

should be rapidly inactivated in the synaptic cleft. This requires a

mechanism either for reuptake or for enzymatic degradation. In view of the

rapid synthesis~.!!2!2. of neuronal CCK (vide supra), reuptake is hardly the

mechanism. Exopeptidase is implicated in removal of N-termina1 aspartic

acid residue and the resultant heptapeptide undergoes subsequent cleavage by

neutral aminopeptidases. Also, endopeptidase (termed enkephe1inase) for

cleavage of Asp32-Phe33 seem to be involved in the synaptic inactivation of

CCK8 (Deschodt-Lanckman, 1985). However, the physiological re1evence of

these peptidases in CCK8 inactivation remain to be evaluated. The smallest

components of CCK, the octa- and tetrapeptide forms, may be active forms, but

which of these is the principal transmitter form may vary in different parts

of the brain. CCK30- 33 apparently has the shortest half-life (Deschodt­

Lanckman ~ al., 1981).

1. 7.7 Clinical Aspects

The discovery of CCK in vertebrate brain spawned a growing interest

in the role of this peptide in central neuronal function. The wide

distribution of CCK in the nervous system, and its co-existence with

classical neurotransmitters and other neuropeptides, suggest that CCK may

open new avenues in our understanding and treatment of several neurological

disorders.

Little is known about pathological functions of neuronal CCK. In the

view of the many CCK nerves in most regions of the brain and in the periphery,

it is, however reasonable to expect CCK abnormalities in several diseases.

Page 87: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

62

In Parkinson's disease, selective losses of Met-enkephalin and CCK have been

demonstrated in the nigrostriatal system which correlate well with the loss

of dopaminergic neurons in this area in this condition (Lotstra ~ a1., 1985;

Studder ~ a1., 1982). In Hunt ington 's disease, marked reduc tion in CCK and

other peptides are found in the substantia nigra (Emson ~ a1., 1985)

indicating damage to the striatal efferent in this condition. By contrast,

in Alzheimer's disease cortex, CCK and other peptides remain at normal

levels, whereas, somatostatin is reduced (Emson ~.!.h, 1985; Ferrier ~ a1. ,

1985); this indicates that there is a preservation of certain populations of

intrinsic cortical cells in this disease. Interestingly, high-affinity CCK

binding has been reported as being reduced in the basal ganglia of

Huntington's disease patients but is unchanged in brains from Alzheimer's

disease (Hays and Paul, 1982). The observation that CCK-like

immunoreactivity may be contained with dopamine within dopamine neurons

suggests that CCK peptides may modulate dopamine function (Hokfelt ~ ale ,

1980b and 1980c). In view of the dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia, the

foregoing speculation has led to the idea that CCK peptides may be relevant to

the pathophysiology of schizophrenia (Hokfelt et a1., 1980b and 1980c, Moroj i ---~ a1., 1982). It has been shown that CCK-like immunoreactivity in the

temporal cortexes of schizophrenic patients was significantly reduced

(Ferrier ~ a1., 1985). In addition, the association between CCK and

dopamine have been considered in a number of investigations on the clinical

effects of CCK or its analogues in schizophrenia (see Ferrier ~.!.h, 1985 for

details) •

Page 88: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

63

1.8 !h! Problem and Its Significance

From the previous account, it is not difficult to appreciate the

versatile mode of transmission of a sympathetic ganglion such as IMG. The

IMG is capable of exhibiting both central and peripheral reflexes. The

central reflex may occur via both the afferent and efferent fibers of the

spinal cord. The axonal reflex may occur through some afferent structure

located at a more peripheral site. The peripheral reflex is operated

independently of any central influences, giving the ganglion some autonomous

control. This is most markedly observed after ganglionic decentralization.

The sympathetic ganglion also presents an elegant example of the multiplicity

of chemical transmitter substances including peptides and monoamines of

excitatory or inhibitory nature. Furthermore, each transmitter substance

is found either alone or in coexistence with other transmitters. Although

the functional significance of these arrangements is not now known, they

could provide the organism with some versatility to cope with both its

external and internal environmental stimuli. The IMG possesses various

extrinsic and intrinsic peptide-containing neurons. In addition and

analogous to the preganglionic and primary afferent inputs to the ganglion,

there are both cholinergic and peptidergic presynaptic inputs arising from

the colon and terminating in the !MG. Based on this analogy, an independent

peripheral reflex pathway could easily be imagined. Perhaps the afferent

component of this peripheral reflex pathway conveys sensory information

different from other sensory information conducted by the primary afferent

fiber. It could be hypothesized that all the primary afferent fibers passing

Page 89: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

64

through the IMGwhich constitute only a few percent of the total DRG cells,

carry only nociceptive information from the colon. They do not transmit

pressure information initiated by mechanoreceptors located in the colon

wall. Mechanoreceptor information is most likely communicated by afferent

cells located in the intramural ganglia of the colon and giving rise to

processes synapsing in the IMG.

The peptidergic component, acting as an afferent limb in the colon­

ganglion reflex, could be mediated by any of the peptides localized in cell

bodies residing in the intramural ganglia of the colon with fibers impinging

on the IMG cells. The peptide cholecystokinin fits this description. In

addition, it is not unusual for cholecystokinin to mediate centrally or

peripherally a sensory function (vide supra). Despite the co-localization

of cholecystokinin with SP in some of the primary afferent cells in the DRG,

only SP has been considered as the neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity

involving the IMG. However, SP is not the only molecule that induces the non­

cholinergic slow depolarization. Apart from the inconclusive role of SP in

the primary afferents mediating a central reflex, it has little, if any, role

mediating a peripheral reflex. There are no SP containing cell bodies in the

colon, and SP containing fibers do not terminate in the IMG.

Cholecystokinin fulfills the criteria of a sensory

neurotransmitter. In addition, cholecystokinin also has features which are

usual among sensory neuropeptides (including VIP). These features include

its existence in large amounts; its molecular heterogeniety that might imply

a different neurotransmitter role for each CCK species; its coexistence with

other peptides or monoamines; its presence in the sulfated and nonsulfated

form; its peripheral (exocrine and endocrine) and central receptor types; and

Page 90: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

65

finally the fact that its C-termina1 tetrapeptide sequence has been strongly

conserved since its early development as seen in the hydra. Understanding

the mechanism of action of CCR will certainly advance our knowledge a great

deal not only about its neurotransmitter role in the IMG and its relevance to

the peripheral ganglionic reflex but also about its various physiological

roles. It will also aid in the determination of possible ways of

pharmacologically manipulating the molecule for possible utilization in

clinical situations. In order to reach this goal, there is a need for

suitable in vitro preparations other than central nervous system

preparations. In this regard,the sympathetic prevertebra1 ganglion, IMG,

is more accessible and amenable for such studies. Furthermore, the co10n­

IMG preparation is useful for studying peripheral reflex mediation by CCR.

Comparative studies in several mammalian species will broaden the scope of

the conclusion. The main objective of my dissertation research is to test

the hypothesis that CCK has a sensory neurotransmitter role mediating

peripheral reflex activity involving the colon and the IMG in some mammalian

species.

Page 91: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

2 MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 Materials

Animals: Young, albino guinea pigs (Hartley strain) of either sex

and of 150 to 300 g were used. These animals were caged in groups (5 animals

each). Young, albino rabbits (New Zealand White) of either sex and of 500-

1000g were used. They were caged 2 animals per cage.

Chemicals: TTX citrate free supplied by Calbiochem. Atropine

sulfate, hexamethonium bromide, a,a methylene adenosine triphosphate­

lithium salt, adenosine triphosphate-disodium salt, adenosine,

dipyridamole, dTC and BU2 cGMP (N2 ,2'-O-dibutyrylguanosine 3': 5' cyclic

monophosphate, sodium salt) were purchased from Sigma Corporation.

Proglumide (DL-4-benzamine-N,N-dipropyl-glutaramic acid, sodium salt) and

benzotript (N-(p-chlorobenzoyl)-L-tryptophan) were purchased from RBI.

Peptides: Cholecystokinins (CCKSS, CCKSNS, CCK27- 33 , CCK30- 33 ),

gastrin-l-(Human), caerulein, tackykinins (substance P, substance K),

vasoactive intestinal polypeptide (VIP), Bombesin, dynorphin A,

somatostatin and Spantide (substance P antagonist, D-Arg1 ,D-Pro2, D-Trp 7,9,

Leu!l) were purchased from Peninsula Labs.

Microelectrode: Microelectrode glass of borosilicate (75 mm and

I.D. is 0.6 mm) was purchased from Federick Haer & Co. It was a capillary

tubing with Omega Dot for rapid fill. The length was 75 mm.

66

Page 92: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

67

Micropipettes: Single barrelled pipette glass was supplied by

Federick Haer & Co. The length was 100 mm.

Multibarrelled pipettes were purchased from Medical Systems Corp.

2.2 Methods

2.2.1 Preparations

2.2.1.1 IMG-Colon Preparation. The data for this study were

derived from experimenting on 150 preparations of guinea pigs and 70

preparations of rabbits. Basically, the in vitro preparations were

dissected according to the method described by Crowcroft ~ al. (197la). The

animal was stunned and bled. After the abdominal, mid-line incision, the IMG

and associated nerves (lumbar, splanchnic lumbar colonic, hypogastric and

intermesenteric) were cut. In the case of the rabbit, copious fat tissue ,

layers and connective tissue were removed around nerve trunks and ganglia.

In the case of guinea pig parts of the proximal colon and the small intestine

had to be carefully removed from the attached mesentery near the smaller

ganglionic mass. The distal colon was cut to give a length of 4 to 6 cm. The

preparation was rapidly removed from the animal. The preparation retained

the segment of colon attached to the colonic nerve together with the IMG, the

intermesenteric nerve and long lengths of the left and right hypogastric

nerve. To obtain adequate lengths of the lumbar splanchnic nerves, the

preparation was kept attached to a segment of the abdominal aorta.

The preparation was mounted in separate compartments of a two-

compartment recording organ bath made of plexiglas with sylgard in the

bottom. The IMG and associated nerve trunks were pinned down in one

Page 93: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

68

compartment and the colon segment in the other. The intermediate mesentery

containing the branches of the lumbar colonic nerves which communicate

between the colon and the IMG was draped over the barrier separating the two

compartments and covered with moist tissue paper to prevent desiccation by

exposure to air. Both compartments of the bath were perfused with Kreb's

solution separately at a rate of 4 m1/min with oxygenated Krebs solution

maintained at 35-37oC as measured near the preparation with a thermistor

probe. In all experiments the preparation was placed in the bath right side

up. Any fecal pellets in the lumen of the colon were usually expelled within

a few minutes by contractions of the colon segment. Then the caudal end of

the segment was ligated and pinned to the bath floor at a point distal to the

ligature and the oral end was fitted around a catheter linked to pressure­

distending apparatus equipped with manometer. It was important not to

stretch the colon and allow it freedom of movement. Several pins were placed

in the mesentery between the ganglion and the colon segment (along the

compartment barrier) through artery and vein segments to prevent movement of

the ganglion during colon distension. Any visible residual connective

tissues were removed during desheething of the ganglion. The preparation

was allowed to equilibrate with the bathing medium for one, hour before

recording.

2.2.1.2 ~ Preparation. Similar to the procedure followed to

isolate ganglion-colon preparation, steps were conducted for dissecting out

the IMG preparation. The preparation was kept during dissection attached to

a segment of the abdominal aorta and of the colon, but the colon segment was

removed after pinning the preparation in the bath.

Page 94: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

69

2.2.2 Recording and Stimulation

2.2.2.1 Background. Intracellular recording technique utilized

in this research has been described by Crowcroft and Szurszewski (1971).

However, this technique has undergone several modifications before the

eventual use of a single electrode for both stimulation and intracellular

recording. In principle, since the small size of individual neurons

prevents even the use of double-barreled microelectrodes for stimulation and

recording, the purpose can be accomplished by using only a single electrode.

In this regard, Araki and Otani (1955) developed the basic scheme for a

passive equivalent circuit. However, an undesirable potential drop across

the resistance of the recording electrode resistance was also recorded in

addition to the voltage drop across the membrane. In order to eliminate

recording the first voltage drop, a bridge balancing potentiometer was

employed with one end connected to the voltage source and the other to the

negative end of a differential amplifier whose positive input is connected

with the output of a recording amplifier. ~onetheless, there were two

disadvantages in using the passive bridge when using very high-resistance

microelectrodes. In this case, the constant current resistor can attenuate

the membrane potential changes and a relatively high voltage must be

utilized. To overcome these difficulties, an active circuit developed by

Fein (1966) can be utilized (Fig. 3). The important feature of the active

bridge circuit is that its equivalent input resistance is infinite thereby

offering no attenuation of the neuronal signal. Thus, the current flowing

into the microelectrode will be determined by the value of the stimulating

resistor (Rs) and the voltage source (V), and the current will be independent

of the microelectrode resistance. In principle, the circuit is a constant

Page 95: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 3. Intracellular stimulating and recording with a single electrode: The active circuit.

(A) Schematic diagram of the experimental set-up. A stimulating resistor (Rs) of relatively low value is connected to a stimulus isolation unit (SIU) that is connected to a unity gain high input impedence recording amplifier. The input of this amplifier and the other side of the Rs are connected to a single microelectrode utilized for both stimulation and recording. (B) An equivalent electrical circuit of the arrangement illustrated in part (A). Vo: Voltage output; Vin: Voltage input,; R~e: resistance of the recording electrode; Rm: membrane resistance (modif1ed from Byrne, 1981).

Page 96: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A.

B.

Rm

Rs

, " I, Recording

and Stimulating Electrode

~ -Rs +

Rre l -- Vin

Unity Gain Recording Amplifier

Vo

Fig. 3. Intracellular Stimulating and recording with a single electrode: The active circuit.

70

Page 97: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

71

current generator. This feature was endowed on the circuit by introducing a

unity gain recording amplifier as shown in the figure. However, the method

still has the disadvantage of an undesirable voltage drop produced across the

recording electrode that must frequently be balanced out with a suitable

bridge circuit.

2.2.2.2 Procedure. Membrane protentials were recorded

intracellu1arly by glass microelectrodes filled with 3 M-KCl and having tip

resistance ranging from 50 to 100 M 51. Potentials were amplified by unity

gain electrometer (WP Instruments Model M707) that had a feedback circuit

(active bridge) to allow passing current directly through the microelectrode

for direct stimulation. Oscilloscope (Nicolet Instrument Corporation,

Model 201) tracings were stored on FM tape recorder (Hewlett Packard 3964A

Instrumentation Recorder) and played back for plotting figures with Gould X/Y

Plotter Recorder (Model 3054) or with two-channel Gould Brush Pen recorder

(Model 2400). Resting membrane potentials (Corrected for tip potential)

were taken as the voltage deflection on impalement and confirmed when the

electrode was deliberately withdrawn from the cell and into the bathing

solution. A cell was judged to be satisfactorily impaled if the observed

resting potential was greater than -40 mV and if the peaks of all action

potentials was greater than 0 mV. To obtain the maximum intracellularly

recorded resting potential small adjustments of the position of the

microelectrode were sometimes necessary. Upon impalement some cells

exhibited a high frequency (up to 100 Hz) of injury discharge of action

potentials, which depressed rapidly to zero in a few seconds. However, in

many cases, these cells regained stable membrane potent ial and were recorded

from for a long period.

Page 98: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

72

2.2.2.3 Stimulation. Nerve trunks attached to the ganglia were

placed on bipolar platinum wire electrodes isolated by stimulus isolation

units (S1U) for indirect stimulation using Grass (S-88). Having been shown

as synaptic (not antidromic) response elicited by a single stimulus, the slow

potentials were triggered, unless otherwise stated, by repetitively

stimulating any of the four attached nerves to the ganglion with a frequency

of 30 Hz and duration of 6 sec. The voltage varied according to the desired

synaptic response with a range from 5-20V. Generally, the duration of a

single pulse to stimulate a nerve was 0.5 msec. Hyperpolarizing or

depolarizing D.C. current for injection through the soma or for manual

voltage clamp was also provided by the stimulator (S-88). For direct

stimulation by injecting hyperpolarizing or depolarizing current pulses

through the soma, Grass (S-44) was used. The frequency of stimulation was

0.5 Hz and the duration of a single pulse was 5 msec. The device also was used

to pass intracellularly anelectrotonic potential, or square hyperpolarizing

current pulses of constant magnitude, 100 msec duration and with frequency of

0.5 Hz to monitor the changes in membrane Rin. Values of Rin are the slopes of

the current-voltage relationships.

2.2.2.4 Distension of the Colon. The catheter to the colon segment

was connected to a 12 ml syringe filled with Krebs solution for distending the

colon segment. Colonic intraluminal pressure was quantified in centimeters

of water (cm H20) ascending in an open vertical manometer placed in parallel

with the syringe and with a pressure transducer. Distension was by bolus

injection of Krebs solution such that the desired pressure was attained in 2-4

sec. Removal of the fluid from the colon segment followed a similar time

course. Most of the experiments that employed colon distension in their

Page 99: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

73

protocol, utilized pressure equivalent to 20 cm H20. The open manometer

allowed movement of fluid in and out of the colon lumen during spontaneous

contraction of the segment. Thus, contractions produced transient

increases in the volume of solution in the manometer, though usually not

exceeding 5% of the total volume (.:!:. 1 cm H20 for a distension of 20 cm H20).

The technique has been used before elsewhere (Weems & Szurszewski, 1977).

2.2.3 Solutions and Reagents

A stock solution of CCK8NS was prepared by dissolving the peptide in

Ca2+-free, glucose-free Krebs solution containing 0.1 N acetic acid to give a

final peptide concentration of 200 J.i M. The solution was sonicated to insure

complete dissolution. Aliquots of the stock solution were stored in

polypropylene containers in which the air had been replaced with nitrogen.

CCKaS, CCK27- 33 , CCK30- 33 , caerulein, gastrin 1 (human), spantide, substance

P, substance K, VIP, bombesin, dynorphin A and somatostatin were handled in a

similar way but without the addition of acetic acid and without sonication.

In order to prevent the absorption of peptides on glass, salinized glassware

or polypropylene volumetric flasks were used.

The composition of the Krebs solution was as follows (mM): NaCI, 117;

KCI, 4.7; CaCI2, 2.5; MgC12, 1.2; NaHC03, 25; NaH2P04 , 1.2; glucose, 11.5.

When oxygenated with 95% 02' 5% CO2, the solution had a pH of 7.4. In

experiments in which a low Ca2+ (0.25 mM) and high Mg2+ (12 mM) solution was

used to superfuse the ganglia, the content of both ions in Krebs' solution

were proportionally altered (lowering [Ca2+]0 lOX and raising [Mg2+]0 lOX) to

keep osmolarity constant. When preparing low sodium Krebs (11.9 mM),

sucrose or lithium bicarbonate was added in an amount that maintained normal

Page 100: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

74

osmolarity. In some experiments in which the ganglia were superfused with

the low sodium solution, the Na content of the Krebs I

with Tris buffer salt according to Dun 2! a1. (1978).

solution was replaced

In this case the Na+

was replaced with an isomolar amount of Tris-(hydroxymethyl) aminomethane

which was converted to Tris-Cl by titration with 5 N-HCl to pH 7.4-7.5. In

high [K+] 0 (23.5 roM) there was no reduction of any other ion since the change

in osmolarity of the solution did not change dramatically.

2.2.4 Exogeneous Application of Peptides

2.2.4.1 Pressure Ejection Background. The ejection of picoliter

volumes of putative neurotransmitters and neuroactive drugs has become an

important adjunct to studies of nervous system function. By using a

combination recording-ejection electrode (Stone, 1985), it is possible to

record the activity of neurons constituting a small population that are

sensitive to the ejected pharmacological agent. However, the reliability of

ejecting small amounts of substance quantitatively by iontophoretic

technique has proved questionable (Bloom, 1974). Pressure ejection was used

in several ways. Pressure ej ection was performed in Aplysia intracellularly

(Koike 2! a1., 1974) in cat extracellularly (Krnjevic & Phillis, 1963) and in

vitro (Obata 2! a1., 1970; McCaman 2! a1., 1977). The pressure technique

offers several advantages for quantitative drug application over the

iontophoretic method: (1) Large ejecting or braking current that may affect

the neuron is avoided. (2) Such currents may also affect the ionic

composition in the tip due to the interacting glass surface (3) non-charged

substances can be applied. (4) pH adjustments made to facilitate

iontophoresis, which could affect the activity of the drug, are avoided. (5)

Page 101: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

75

complications of drug ejection by electro-osmosis can be avoided. The

pressure-ejection technique allows calibration of amounts delivered from

individual micropipette by measuring the volume ejected into mineral oil in

vitro (Sakai ~ ale , 1979). Calibration was also done by using radioisotopes

or other tracer materials (Zieglgansberger ~~, 1969). Moreover, the

device for pressure ejection is not only available commercially but can also

be built (Rogers, '1985). In short, the pressure-ejection method offers more

predictable, quantitative delivery than the iontophoretic method.

2.2.4.2 Pressure Ejection Procedure. A schematic diagram

portraying the electrophysiological set up for evaluating intracellular

response to peptides delivered by pressure ejection is shown in Fig. 3 & Fig.

4. Micropipettes were calibrated by viewing the movement of the fluid

meniscus at 100X magnification and calculating the volume displacement.

Establishing linear relationship between ejection volume and pulse duration

or pulse pressure allows expeditious and reliable calibration of the peptide­

filled pipette. Therefore, it was necessary to test for this linearity when

using pipettes with tip diameter of 5 to 10 J.lm. Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 illustrate

direct proportionality obtained between the volume ejected and the duration

of the pressure pulse or between the volume and the intensity of the pressure

pulse. Thus, it is obvious that the pressure system used produces a linear

uniform responses with correlation coefficients of 0.98 or greater for both

plots. Note also that the plots in Fig. 5 do not intersect the Y (volume) axis

at a positive value at any number of pulses (operated manually using

Picrospritzer, General Valve Corp. Model). This indicates that there is no

leakage when no pressure was applied. The X intercept in Fig. 6 represents

the minimal pressure required for ejection at any selected duration.

Page 102: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 4. Schematic diagram of the basic e1ectrophysio10gica1 set-up for recording cell responses to peptides delivered by pressure ejection.

Generation of a pressure pulse for ejection requires a 3 to 5 volts positive pulse from an isolated current source (stimulator( s) connected with stimulus isolation unit (SIU» which gates the output of the DC source via the transistorized circuit in the solenoid driver and thereby activates the 3-way solenoid valve. The duration of the pressure pulse is set by the stimulator and pressure (0-100 psi) is supplied by a gas tank regulator. A mark indicating the application and duration of a pressure pulse may be superimposed on the input to the recorder (Vc) by interceping the polarity loop in the time mark portion of the solenoid drive circuit. Signals from the recording and stimulating electrode are fed to a high impedence amplifier (not shown here) and displayed on the oscilloscope (Vr ) and recorder (modified from McCaman, 1977).

Page 103: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Vr

Recording and stimulating

electrode

76

Fig. 4. Schematic diagram of the basic electrophysiological set-up for recording cell responses to peptides delivered by pressure ejection.

Page 104: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. ,5. . appl~cat~on.

Relationship between ejected volume and duration of pressure

The relationship is plotted at various number of applications (expressed as number of shots). Note that the relationships do not intersect the ordinate at a positive value indicating that there is no leak at any of the various treatment.

Page 105: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

-... Q) .... . --0 C tV Z -Q)

E ~ -0 >

85

15

65

55

45

35

25

15

5

o 20 shots • 10 shots • 5 shots

Duration (msec)

Fig. 5. Relationship between ejected volume and duration of pressure application.

77

Page 106: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 6. Relationship between ejected volume and pressure (expressed as pound per square inch, Psi) at various durations.

X intercept is the minimum pressure required for ejection at all pulse durations.

Page 107: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

78

95

0 75 msec 0

85 • 50 msec

• 25 mS8C

75

.-.. G» 65 .. . -....

c» I 55 0 ,.. >< ...... 45 G» e = - 35 0 >

25

15

5

2.5 7.5 12.5 17.5 22.5 27.5 32.5 37.5

Pressure (PSI)

Fig. 6. Relationship between ejected volume and pressure(expressed as pound per square inch, Psi) at various durations.

Page 108: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

79

Typically, at 5 Psi (pound per square inch) and pulse duration of 10 to 200 ms,

the volumes delivered ranged from 100 to 2000 pI. The number of moles of an

ejected peptide dose was estimated from the volume of the peptide solution

delivered.

The tip of a single or 6-barrelled pipette was positioned with a

micromanipulator to within 30-50 llm of the surface of the ganglion at the site

impaled by the recording microelectrode. Micropipettes were tested with both

methylene blue and 3 M KCl; the former to test for leakage and the trajectory

of the ejected solution and the latter to test the depolarization produced by

a standard solution. With multibarrelled pipettes, the methylene blue

solution was used to insure that no leakage occurred between barrels and the

KC1 to insure that each barrel produced a similar depolarization. In order

to reproduce depo1arizations, the time between peptide applications had to be

controlled to avoid desensitization. With all drugs and peptides, the

vehicle solution without the drug was ejected from the pipette as a control.

2.2.4.3 Superfusion. Drugs that were superfused were added to the

Krebs solution reservoir before it entered the recording chamber.

Concentration of the drugs are those of the salts dissolved in the Krebs

solution. In some experiments, substance P, VIP, or CCKaS/NS was superfused

to test for desensitization or cross desensitization (vide infra).

Antagonists were also applied by superfusion. Superfusion was continuous at

a rate of 4 mi/min.

Page 109: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

ao

2.3 Cross Desensitization

It is important to be sure, when studying CCK-induced

desensitization, whether the slow depolarization induced by substance P or

VIP cross desensitizes the response of the neuron to the applied CCK. In this

regard, superfusing substance P or VIP for several minutes to attain

desensitization would consume large amount of costly peptide. Therefore,

two adjacent micropipettes were devised for investigating possible cross

desensitization. Both micropipettes were connected to the pressure

ejection system with a separate switch for each. One micropipette does not

release any peptide amount in the absence of applied pressure. This

micropipette was filled with 10-4 M CCKaNS. The other micropipette, with

larger tip size, was continuously releasing some amount of peptide, as

monitored by the induced depolarization in the absence of any applied

pressure. This continuous release was allowed to induce desensitization.

However, this micropipette still releases even larger amount of the peptide

upon applying pressure. This micropipette was filled with VIP or substance

P. Thus, the decremental response (the desensitized response) to the VIP or

substance P could be monitored periodically. Immediately after reaching the

desensitized state, CCKaNS was pressure-ejected from the first pipette. By

comparing the response to CCKSNS before and immediately after

desensitization with substance P or VIP, possible cross desensitization

could be detected. Extreme care was taken to keep the membrane potential

constant by manual voltage clamp during desensitization experiments.

Page 110: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

81

2.4 Monitoring ~ Stability of Cholecystokinin

The amount of CCKaNS was monitored periodically inside the pipette

and in the superfusate by means of HPLC. Quanititative and qualitative

determinations were carried out on samples taken within periods of time up to

a hrs. The peptide fragments were confirmed using standard peptides. The

protocol for such experiments were as follows:

0) Analysis .2! CCKaNS in ~ Pipette ~ ~ hrs

Three large pressure-ejecting pipettes (of 1 ml capacity but with the

S to 10 'Il m tip diameter), designed particularly large, for HPLC analysis were

loaded with 10-4 M CCKaNS up to 100 'Ill as a maximum volume. Samples (20 'Ill

each) were collected from each pipette at times 0, 2, 4 and 8 hrs after

loading. The twelve samples were frozen and lyophilized for HPLC.

(2) Analysis of CCKaNS in ~ Superfusate after Superfusion with 20 'Il M

CCKaNS

Samples (3. S ml each) were taken from the recording chamber at times 0

(before superfusion), 2, 4, 6, a and 10 minutes after the entrance of the

super fused peptide into the recording chamber over the IMG. All samples were

frozen and lyophilized for HPLC.

2.S Statistical Analysis

All data were expressed as the mean.:!:. S.D. (number of samples) and the

statistical difference was assessed from student 1st test. The statistical

significance was expressed as *p<O.OS and **p<O.Ol. A difference between

control and treatment of at least p<O.OS (two tail) was considered

Page 111: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

82

significant. Plots of membrane potential and depolarization amplitude were

analyzed by a linear regression method that minimizes errors in both X and Y

variables (Brace, 1977).

Page 112: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

3 RESULTS

3.1 Action ~ CCK8 ~ Membrane Potential and Input Resistance

3.1.1 Pressure Ejection Versus Superfusion

The purpose of choosing a reliable method for the application of

peptides was to achieve reliability of the bioassay. In comparing the

usefulness of applying CCK8 by pressure ejection or by superfusion, the

following data were obtained. CCK8 was administered by pressure ejection

and by superfusion (1 pmole and 20 1l M respectively). Ninetyfive percent of

cells tested (87 of 92 cells, 30 preparations) depolarized in response to

pressure-ejected CCK8 ; in contrast, 20% of cells tested (4 of 20 cells, 5

preparations) depolarized in response to superfused CCK8 • The responses to

CCKS pressure-ejected and superfused and the response to repetitive nerve

stimulation are compared in Fig. 8. Although actual measurements were not

made, the figure shows that pressure ejection produced a faster rising phase

and higher amplitude of depolarization than superfusion. On the other hand,

the response to pressure-ejected CCKS matches the response to presynaptic

repetitive stimulation in the rise time, amplitude and duration of the

depolarization.

Another important effect of superfusion is that it may desensitize

the response to pressure-ejected CCK8 as monitored by examining the amplitude

and duration of the slow depolarization produced by the peptide. On

83

Page 113: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

84

monitoring the concentration, in the recording chamber, over the time of

superfusion of CCKS (15 ~M) using HPLC, it was found that the steady state

concentration can be attained 10 min after the onset of superfusion in two out

of three trials (see Fig. 53 as an example). The steady state concentration,

in the third trial, was achieved after 15 min. Desensitization occurred,

however, if the pressure ejection of CCKS was preceded by superfusion of 10 M

CCKS for 10 min in four trials. The reduction in amplitude of the

depolarizations averaged 36% .:!:,16% (4 cells, 4 preparations) and the decrease

in duration of the depolarizations averaged 26% + 6.S% (5 cells, 5

preparations). An example is shown in Fig. 9. The inset shows at a slower

chart speed, a lack of depolarization and an increase in Rin in response to

superfusion. The amplitude of the pressure ejection-induced depolarization

decreased to 4.5 mV compared to 6 mV before the superfusion, and the duration

decreased to 34 s compared to 70 s before the superfusion. These effects were

reversed after washing with regular Krebs' solution for 10 min. In addition

to showing that superfusion of CCKS can desensitize neurons in the absence of

measurable depolarization, these data suggest that the lower number of

depolarizations observed loTith superfusion of CCKS (see previous paragraph)

is a result of the relatively slow equilibration of the CCKS with the bathing

medium surrounding the cells. That is, the cell desensitizes before it

depolarizes. Therefore, it was advisable to utilize pressure ejection as a

method in applying neuroactive peptides.

3.1.2 Nature of CCKS Elicited Slow Depolarization

The action of CCKS on neurons of guinea pig IMG was found to be

reversibly excitatory and dose-dependent. Immediately (1 to 2 sec) after

Page 114: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

S5

the delivery of CCKS from the single-barrelled pipette, the slow

depolarization ensued revealing the rapid onset of action produced by CCKS as

seen in Figs. 7, S, 9, 11 and 12. Specific responses to the peptide were

characterized by marked increase in the amplitude and frequency of synaptic

activity. The sensitivity of the neurons to the peptide varied. With a

single dose (2 pmole) of CCKS ' some 10% of the responsive neurons to CCKS

exhibited immense neuronal discharge that lasted for a minute in some

instances, and masked the slow depolarization as shown in Fig. 7. The rest

(S5%) responded moderately as can be seen in Fig. 7. Some neurons of these

that did not respond to exognenous application of CCKS were sensitive to SP.

However, there were cells that did not respond to either SP or CCKS ' On the

neurons that were sensitive to both compounds, SP (ED50 = 0.75,:, 0.2 pmole) was

more potent than CCKS (ED50 = 1.1.:. 0.5 pmole). Substance K was even more

potent (ED50 = 0.1.:.0.05 pmole) than SP. Depolarization in response to SP

and CCKS was observed in 4 (SO% of tested cells) and 5S (73%) cells,

respectively. Usually, the slow depolarization was accompanied with a burst

of firing of action potentials seen superimposed on the peak of

depolarization. A mixture of atropine (l llM) and hexamethonium (l00 II M) did

not block or depress the CCKS-induced slow depolarization disclosing the

noncholinergic nature of the depolarization (Fig. 11). The average

amplitude and duration of the slow depolarization induced by maximally

effective doses of CCKSNS was 9.3.:.6.1 (36 cells) and 99.7.:.14.6 ms (59 cells)

respectively (Table 2, Fig. 10). The depolarization was associated with a

decrease in membrane input resistance (Rin ) of 22.3%.:. 14 in 59% of cells (47

of SO cells), and an increase in membrane resistance of 14%.:. 8.S in 20% of

cells while 21% of cells depolarized without a change in Rin (Table 3 and Fig.

Page 115: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 7. Action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.

CCKaNS (2 pmole) applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes slow depolarization with fast onset of action and rate of rise. The depolarization may not be associated with intense neuronal discharge as shown in the upper trace. Note in this trace, only one action potential is elicited from the increased synaptic activity at the peak of depolarization. Some neurons are sensitive enough to CCKSNS to respond to the same dose of the peptide with intense neuronal discharge that might last for almost a minute and mask the slow depolarization (lower trace). The downward deflect ions in the two traces represent responses to hyperpolarizating current pulses (0-3 nA, 100 msec) Changes in the amplitude of these deflections help monitor the changes in Rin. (Calibration: vertical bar = 10 mVj horizontal bar = 20 sec).

Page 116: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

86

t Fig. 7. Action of CCK8NS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.

Page 117: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. S. Responses to different methods of peptide application compared to the response induced by stimulation in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. .

In top trace, stimulation of colonic nerves (30 lIz for the duration indicated by the bar and arrows) produces slow depolarization. In middle trace, cholecystokinin octapeptide sulfated (CCKSS) applied by pressure ejection (arrm~) elicits slow depolarization. In bottom trace, CCKSS applied by superfusion (arrow) evoked slowly developing depolarization. Note the similarity in the onset, amplitude, and time course of the response in top and middle traces. In these traces (top and middle), the downward deflections are anelectrotonic potentials in response to constant hyperpolarizing current pulses (0.3 nA, 100 msec) applied through the recording electrode in order to measure changes in input resistance. Vm = -63 mV.

Page 118: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Stimulation

~ III.

tJ 30 Hz

Pressure

Ejection I • '1111"rr:~t r"",AilIR"I,,"'""IAIl ,

r II" riltr..... , 1"1 IiFillif"'ilYPI

"",t'hJiiHriitfilrii,IH.. '" ,,"",,",iIiIHf~

Super'uslon

CCKaS (15 pM)

t CCKa S

• ,I t¢ btl ~d1Il .' '¥oft" , .......... t el+"

I

J20 mv

15 sec

Fig. 8. Responses to different method of peptide application compared to the response induced by stimulation in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

co -..,J

Page 119: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 9. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS applied by superfusion on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) effects slow depolarization (left trace). For reproducible response, another application of the peptide by pressure ejection must not be before five minutes following the completion of the previous response. On the other hand, if the second application is carried out by superfusion for 10 min (arrows in the inset), the response to the third application by pressure ejection (S min after the end of superfusion) will be depressed (right trace). Vm = -SO mV.

Page 120: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

.lm1, ---~~r .' 1Mm1~1I'n'i~I'I1I~~~iM;~~'mIt1liTI'h.-!~""rm

CCKS NS

Superfuslon

(10PMCCK SNS )

10 min. 24sec

",lit .~111' :I! ,I· '1-.· ·,.-·.··::1 f'W'i" Wi tw.IU--"II!-EI8I1 L- ----.-

~5mv 15 sec

Fig. 9. pig IMG.

Desensitizing action of CCKaNS applied by super fusion on a neuron of guinea

00 00

Page 121: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

a9

TABLE 2

Properties of CCKa-Induced Slow Depolarization in Neurons of Guinea Pig IMGa

CCKa Analog

Nonsulphated

Sulphated

Amplitude

(mV)

4.9 + 3.7**

(43)

Duration

(sec)

99.7 + 4.6

(59)

72 • 3 + 23.9**

(31)

Risetimeb

(sec)

lo.a + 3.4

(15)

4.3 + 3.3**

(13)

a CCKa was spritzed from a pipette, containing 200 llM solution by pressure ejection

(5 psi, 50 msec).

b Time elapsed from the onset of action to the peak amplitude.

c Mean + S.D.

d Number of cells tested.

** p<O.Ol, two-tailed student t test compared with the nonsulphated analog.

Page 122: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

12 L I 120

I T • 10 100 l- I • ,..., ,..., 0 > • CD

E rn - • -8 80 W Z a 0 ::J i= t- c( ..J 6 a: 60 a. :J ~ a c(

4 40

2 20

CCKa NS CCKa5 CCKaNS CCKa8

Fig. 10. Histogram summar1z1ng the action of both CCKaNS and CCKaS on neurons of guinea pig IMG in terms of the amplitude and duration of their induced slow depolarization.

\0 o

Page 123: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 11. The noncholinergic nature of CCKSNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) triggered slow depolarization associated with a decrease in Rin (A). The slow depolarization and the decrease in Rin persist in the presence of a mixture of atropine and hexamethonium applied by superfusion. Vm = -57 mY.

Page 124: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A Control

t CCKa NS

'I

91

.-J 5 mV

15 sec

B Atropine (1 uM) + Hexamethonium (1 OO~M)

t Fig. 11. The noncholinergic nature of CCK8NS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

Page 125: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

92

12). The magnitude of the change in resistance was estimated from the change

in amplitude of the voltage responses to intracellularly injected

hyperpolarizing current pulses (0.3 nA, 50 ms in duration, applied at 2 s

intervals) during the peak depolarization produced by CCK8 • Rin at the peak

of depolarization was compared to Rin before depolarization to determine the

change in Rin.

3.1.3 Imitation of Other Noncholinergic Depolarization

To be considered a neurotransmitter, CCK must imitate the slow

depolarization when applied exogeneously by pressure ejection. The slow

depolarization triggered by CCK8 resembles in many aspects slow

depolarizations elicited either by presynaptic repetitive stimulation of

lumbar colonic nerves or by colon distension (Fig. 13). They shared enhanced

excitability (firing of action potentials superimposed on the peak of

depolarization), associated changes in membrane Rin and matched amplitude,

and similar slow time course of depolarization. In this regard, the slow

depolarization produced by CCK8 was similar to that previously reported in

prevertebral ganglia for substance P (Dun & Minota, 1981), vasopressin

(Peters and Kreulen, 1985) as well as the slow noncholinergic potential

produced by repetitive nerve stimulation (Nield, 1978; Dun & Jiang, 1982).

The majority of cells showed decreased Rin concotmllitant with the slow

depolarization that is elicited either by exogeneous application of

substance P or by presynaptic repetitive nerve stimulation (Neild, 1978; Dun

& Karczmar, 1979; Minota ~ al., 1981). An example of a slow depolarization

evoked by colon distension and associated with a decrease in Rin is shown in

Figure 13. All these slow depolarizations have been found to be also

Page 126: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 12. Types of change in input resistance of neurons in guinea pig IMG induced by CCKSNS.

CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection caused an increase in input resistance in 20% of cells tested (A); a decrease in input resistance in 60% of cells tested (B); and no change in input resistance in 20% of cells tested (C). Input resistance changes are indicated by the changes in the amplitude of the downward deflections (anelectrotonic potentials) which are responses to direct injection of constant hyperpolarizing current pulses through cell soma.

Page 127: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A mIImnm I I iii h 1/1, ~Iilili i '~iiili II ill mffiliil I 1111 I Inilmliiillillliili iii nmiNffl Iii iii iii

8

c

t CCKe NS

,/""" /111111 111111, III r ' , , III i 111111111 1111 Ilf II i 1111 rtI r" I III I Ii ill

t J20mv 15 sec

~It_iftr'mt. " nmn 111111111 II ill - Mlnlli 111111 ililli limn i/liIIlfiil

t Fig. 12. Types of changes in input resistance of neurons in guinea pig IMG induced by CCKaNS.

93

Page 128: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

TABLE 3

Effect of CCKB on Membrane Input Resistance in Neurons of Guinea Pig IMGa

Nonsulphated

Sulphated

Increaseb

14.1 + B.Bc

(I6)

16.2 + 13.5

(6)

Decrease

22.3 + 14

(4n

1B.5 + 17.1

(B)

!2. Change

a

(In

a

(I 1)

94

a CCKB was spritzed from a pipette, containing 200]..lM solution, by pressure

ejection.

b Percentage change measured only at the peak of depolarization and by clamping the

membrane at its resting potential

c Mean + S.D.

Page 129: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 13. Slow depolarization responses produced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by three different stimuli.

A. distending the colon with 20 cm H20 for the duration indicated by the pulse pressure (lower trace) triggers slow depolarization (upper trace) associated with an increase in the continuous synaptic activity. B. Lumbar colonic nerve (LCN) repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the bar between the arrows) evokes slow depolarization. C. CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) elicits slow depolarization. Note that in all the three responses there is a decrease in the input resistance as indicated by the amplitude of the downward deflections (membrane respons~s to constant hyperpolarizing current pulse, 0.3 nA, 100 msec). The slow depo1arizations were associated with firing of action potentials. In B these action potential were cropped. Vm = -47 mV.

Page 130: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A. COLON DISTENSION

I : i'

20 em H20 -----B. PRESYNAPTIC REPETITIVE STIMULATION

C. EXOGENEOUS APPLICATION OF CCK 8 NS

t

.Js mV

15 sec

Fig. 13. Slow depolarization responses produced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by three different stimuli.

95

Page 131: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

96

noncholinergic in nature.

Other peptides known to be localized to cell bodies in the intramural

ganglia of the colon and to fibers projecting onto cells in the guinea pig IMG,

were also tested for their actions. Bombesin and dynorphin had no effect on

IMG neurons (a cells in 4 preparations for each peptide). As for VIP, 2 cells

were hyperpolarized and 4 cells depolarized by the compound. In one of the

last four cells the depolarization was preceded by hyperpolarization (see

Fig. 33). Somatostatin hyperpolarized four cells tested.

3.1.4 Sulfated Versus Nonsulfated Form of CCKa

It has been reported that the Tyr-O-sulfate residue appears to be

essential for optimal physiological CCK-like activity in the gut (Walsh &

Grossman, 1975). The average characteristics of the depolarizations

produced by the same dose (2 pmole) of the sulfated and nonsulfated forms of

CCKa are compared in Table 2 and Fig. 10. CCKaNS produced significantly

(p<O.Ol) larger depolarizations, with longer durations and faster rates of

rise. As far as the effect on membrane Rin is concerned, the prominent effect

of the nonsulfated form was to reduce it in the majority (60%) of the cells

tested while the sulfated showed no change in 40% of the cells (Table 3).

Another interesting feature associated with the nonsulfated form was the

greater desensitization to its effect produced by a single application.

Indeed, it took most cells from ten to twenty minutes washing period after a

single application of CCKaNS compared to two to five minutes in the case of

CCKaS to reproduce their original responses. (vide infra for EDSO values for

the two forms).

Page 132: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

97

3.2 Pharmacological Receptor(s)

3.2.1 Dose-Response Relationship

Since the depolarizing action of CCKS was dose-dependent, it was

intuitive to construct dose-response relationship from the sensitive

neurons. Data for dose-response curves for both sulfated (CCKS) and

nonsulfated (CCKS and CCK30- 33 ) forms were obtained from twelve cells from

12, 6, 4 preparations, respectively. A dose-response relationship for

CCKSNS obtained from a single neuron is shown in Figure l4a. A scatter plot

representing dose-response relationship for CCKSNS is shown in Fig. l4b.

Surprisingly, the average EDSO for nonsulfated (1.1 ~ 0.5 pmoles, n=9) was

less than that for the sulfated form (2.2 ~ U.4 pmoles, n=4). These were

significantly different from one another (p<O.OS) but they produced similar

maximum responses ranging from 7-10 mV. EDSO value for CCK30- 33 (l.4~0.2

pmole, n=6) did not significantly differ from the EDSO for CCKSNS; the maximum

response of CCK30- 33 , CCKSS and CCKSNS averaged S. 5 ~ 2.1 mV. In Figure 14a,

the dose-response relationship is saturable and of sigmoid shape, which are

features of a pharmacological receptor. In all cells tested, exogeneous

application of CCK enduced a slow, reversible, dose-dependent

depolarization. In addition, CCKSNS produced mixed change in Rin; the

peptide decreased Rin in 7 of the 12 cells and increased Rin in two cells. A

change in membrane resistance was not detected in the remaining cell during

depolarization evoked by CCKSNS. This latter cell with another two cells

from the former group showed very high and very low values of EDSO '

respectively, and, therefore, they were discarded in calculating the average

of the EDSO value.

Page 133: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 14. Dose-reponse relationship for the action of CCKSNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.

(a) This is a dose response relationship for a representat1ve cell. Note the sigmoid shape and saturability features of a pharmacological receptor. The ED50 value for this cell is 1.6 + 0.5 pmoles.

Page 134: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

(a)

z o -... c( N -II: c( .J o a. w Q . )( c(

100

75

50

:& u. o 25

~

10

Fig. 14. pig IMG.

.5 1 5 10

PI CO MOLES

Dose-response relationship for the action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea \0 co

Page 135: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 14. Dose-response relationship for the action of CCK8NS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.

(b) Scatter plot representing dose-response relationship (as seen in the previous figure) for eleven cells. The relationship for the twelveth cell was out of scale.

Page 136: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

(b)

120

II e

z laa 4 4 II 2 U 2 10 G II 2 10 f.t 110 0

II 211 II ... H • r- 90 4 • 5 a: • • 5 4

N Ba 2 H ~

.. 18 , a: 70 8 ,0 ~ 7

0 2 8 a.. II I • • I ,I S

60 W .. I 5 0 ,

50 4 • I II 8 I

X 7 • B I ID a: 4a L • 7 2

LL 3a I B

0

20 t .. 3

~ 5 a It 7

I a - 3 ., a - N (Y) 'It Ul to I\.wm- ru P1 'It UJ to I\. CD OJ (S)

• . . ....

PICO MOLES Fig. 14. Dose-response relationship for the action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig UtG. \0

\0

Page 137: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

100

3.2.2 Action of Other CCK-Related Peptides

Other molecular forms of the CCK-related peptides (See Fig. 49 for

their amino acid sequences) proved excitatory upon their exogeneous

application with pressure ejection on in vitro preparation of the guinea pig

IMG. They produced slow depolarizations that are comparable with those

produced by CCKS and CCK30- 33 • Figure 15 depicts their excitatory action and

similarity of responses exhibited by the neurons affected. All these

molecular forms have the C-terminal tetrapeptide sequence conserved in their

structure. The action of these peptides was reversible and dose-dependent

with comparable changes in Rin. All CCK-related peptides were tested at a

dose of 2 pmoles. Gastrin I (human) produced a depolarization of 7.0 .:!:,1.4 mV

(7 cells, 4 preparations). Desensitization by repeated application of

gastrin I (human) attenuated the depolarization produced by subsequent

ejection of CCKa (S or NS). CCK27- 33 produced a depolarization of 5 .1.:!:,1. 6

mV (3 cells, 2 preparation). CCK30- 33 produced a depolarization of 10.7 ~

4.7 mV (7 cells, 2 preparations). The amphibian peptide caerulein produced

depolarization that averaged 5.2.:.1.6 mV (3 cells, 2 preparations). These

data further suggest the presence of receptor( s) for one or more of the CCK­

related peptide.

3.2.3 Desensitization

Like SP (Dun & Minota, 1981), CCKS induced tachyphlaxis. When

successive ejections of CCKS were not separated by more than ten minutes, the

amplitude of the depolarization declined and the changes in Rin observed in

the first response were also progressively reduced. In ten cells in which

Page 138: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 15. Excitatory actions of cholecystokinin-related peptides on neurons of guinea pig IMG.

All peptides (from A to D) applied by pressure ejection (arrows) elicit slow depolarization with concommitant intense firing of action potentials and changes in Rin.

Page 139: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

101

A

Gastrin I (Human) J20mv 15 sec

B

Caerulein

C

t CCK (27-33)

o

CCK (30-33)

Fig. 15. Excitatory actions of cho1ecystokinin-related pep tides on neurons of guinea pig !MG.

Page 140: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

102

two ejections of CCKa were separated by only 2 min, the average decrease in the

amplitude of the second depolarization was 44% ~ a%. This occurred even

though the membrane potentials were clamped back to the control membrane

potentials before successive ejections (Fig. 16). Although repeated

administration of CCKa produced gradually decrementing responses,

desensitization never eliminated the response.

To test the hypothesis that CCK functions as a neurotransmitter that

mediates the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow

depolarization, the amplitude of the slow depolarization evoked by

stimulation was measured before and after desensitization to CCK8•

Desensitization occurred if the stimulation was tried immediately after

applying CCKa by pressure ejection. If the duration between CCKa

application and stimulation exceeded 5 min, desensitization would not occur.

In 4 of a cells tested, pressure ejection of maximally effective doses of I

CCKaNS (5 to 10 pmoles) caused a reduction (32.5% ~ 9) of the amplitude of the

slow depolarization induced by repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 s) of lumbar

colonic, lumbar splanchnic, intermesenteric and hypogastric nerves (Fig.

17) • In 2 out of a cells CCKaNS administration enhanced, rather than

depressed, the slow depolarization and increased, rather than decreased, the

excitability of the neuron. There was an average of 42% increase in the

amplitude of the depolarization (an example is seen in Fig. 18). The

increase rather than the decrease in excitability has been recognized as a

"warming up phenomenon" (Bloom, 1974; Brooks & Kelly, 19S5; Willetts ~ a1.,

1985). In two other cells, there was no change in the amplitude of the

stimulation-evoked slow depolarization after ejecting CCKSNS.

Page 141: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 16. CCKaNS-induced tachyphylaxis in an IMG neuron of guinea pig.

A. CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) elicits slow depolarization associated with intense neuronal discharge and a decrease in input resistance. B. The response to repeated application of CCKSNS two minutes after the first application (A). Note the desensitized response (B) shows neither excitability nor obvious change in input resistance. Vm = -50 mV.

Page 142: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

103

CCKa NS

.J 5 mV

B. 15 Sec

t Fig. 16.

CCKaNS-induced tachyphylaxis in an IMG neuron of guinea pig.

Page 143: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 17. Desensitizing action of CCK on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by repetitive stimulation.

Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration between small arrows) of lumbar colonic nerves produces slow depolarization (preceded by slow hyperpolarization) with initial decrease in input resistance (left trace). CCK applied by pressure ejection triggers slow depolarization with no obvious change in input resistance (above big arrow). Repeating stimulation produces depressed slow depolarization. Vm = -61 mV.

Page 144: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

_flmnmlllllPllilllllhlll!lfllllllllllliillililllilillniinlililil Di~illIlI~ililliil ~ t ~

30HZ

LCN

1 CCK

mnnmIfmli~lIliimIlUlliifiliii\illlilI\IIII1I11I1Ui\i11l1li1lliiiiililillii\ll1l t 1

~15mv 20 sec

Fig. 17. Desensitizing action of CCK on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by repetitive stimulation.

..... o ~

Page 145: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 18. Enhancement of neural excitability in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKS.

Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the bar and small arrows) of lumbar colonic nerves induces a slow depolarization (preceded by slow hyperpolarization) associated with an increase in input resistance and few spikes (left trace). CCKS applied by pressure ejections (arrow) evokes slow depolarization (above the big arrow) accompanied by an increase in synaptic activity as evidenced by an increase in base line noise. The spikes are due to the effect of anodal brake. Repeating the repetitive stimulation again (right tract) results in continuous firing of action potentials superimposed on the slow depolarization for more than a 2 min duration. Note that many of these action potentials are caused by further enhancement of synpatic activity by CCKS through modulating postsynaptic nicotinic receptor for ACh or by triggering more Ach release from presynaptic terminals. This enhancement of the slow depolarization and excitability is viewed by some authors as a "warming up phenomenon" (see Willetts ~.!!!.., 19S5). Vm = - 66 mV.

Page 146: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

U 30 Hz

Fig. IS.

CCK8

~ 8mY

20.ec u

Enhancement of neural excitability in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKS·

..... o lJl

Page 147: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

106

3.3 Mechanism of Action

3.3.1 Null Potential

To estimate the null potential of the depolarizations, the membrane

potentials were manually clamped at various depolarized and hyperpolarized

potentials from -30 to -120 mV and the amplitudes of the depolarizations

compared in 25 cells (19 preparations). The null potential was that membrane

potential at which CCK-induced depolarization was neutralized. It was

realized that the depolarization evoked by CCKS was shown to be sensitive to

hyperpolarizing and depolarizing changes in membrane potential evoked by the

intracellular injection of current. However, the linearity of these changes

proved to be limited to a narrow voltage range complicated by voltage­

dependent changes in the membrane resistance. That was obvious when some

cells exhibited biphasic response to increasing voltages. Because it was

not possible in all cells to nullify the depolarizations in the range of

membrane potentials at which the cells could be current clamped, the values

for null potential had to be determined by extrapolation of the amplitude

versus potential plots.

The relationship of the CCK-induced depolarization amplitude to

membrane potential was dependent on whether the cell demonstrated a decrease

or an increase in Rin' In the cells that had a decrease in Rin (59% of cells

tested), the amplitude of the depolarization increased with conditioning

hyperpolarization and they had a null potential of -36.!. 9.3 (See Fig. 19 and

20). In cells that showed an increase in Rin (20% of cells tested), there was

a decrease in the amplitude of depolarization with hyperpolarization. In

these cells, the null potential averaged -103.!. 6 mV. In the remainder of the

Page 148: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 19. Effect of changing membrane potential on the amplitude of the slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

CCKS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes slow depolarization associated with a decrease in input resistance. Note that hyperpolarizing the membrane results in an incremental response (larger amplitude) to CCKS• Vm = -57 mV.

Page 149: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

-47mV

t CCKa

-57mV :!1\l!li'illlr.~r.!Th' ,.""I'·"'!:'!"',/li!,l,',:,n:r"!'.,':!:1Tn",iI!,rrrrr

t J20 mV

15 sec

-69mV wnmJf ,-~

t

-77mV

Fig. 19. Effect of changing membrane potential on the amplitude of the slow depolarization induced by CCKa in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

107

Page 150: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 20. Relationship between amplitude of the CCKSNS potential (ordinate, depolarization upwards) and the membrane potential at which it is elicited (abscissa).

The null potential for this cell is indicated by the extrapolation to be -34mV. The cell is from guinea pig IMG with Vm = -50 mV.

Page 151: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

-100 -50

MEMBRANE POTENTIAL (mV)

Fig. 20. Relationship between amplitude of the CCKaNS potential (ordinate, depolarization upwards) and the membrane potential at which it is elicited (abscissa).

20

10

loa

-> E -..J « I-Z W .... 0 Q..

rn Z

CO ~ (J (J

u. 0 w c ;:) I-..J Q..

~ «

Page 152: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

109

cells tested (21%), there was no measurable changes in Rin associated with the

depolarizations. These cells seemed to be glial cells. In these cells, the

amplitude of the depolarizations showed very little change with

hyperpolarization, but could be nullified by hyperpolarization to -90.4.:.2.3

mV. Five cells that showed an increase in Rin exhibited biphasic response

upon hyperpolarization. Their amplitudes were first increased then

decreased with hyperpolarization. Their responses revealed two values of

null potential (-34.:. 2 and -110.:. 5 mV).

3.3.2 Changes in Cation Conductances

The membrane potential is determined by the permeability of cations.

By altering the permeability of one or more cations, neurotransmitters bring

about changes in membrane potential. In order to determine what cation is

involved, two pieces of information should be obtained. One of them is the

change in total membrane conductance (or change in Rin) , and the other is the

value of the null potential. The latter was determined in the previous

sec t ion. As for the changes in Rin , it was cons ide red under sec t ion 1.2. Mos t

important is that the decrease in input resistance was not a consequence of

membrane rectification since the effect is absent when the resting membrane

potential is elevated to the peak level of CCKS-evoked depolarization by

passing adequate depolarizing D.C. current. Similarly, this was the case

when CCKS caused an increase in Rin'

To determine what ion permeability might have been affected by the

CCKaNS to produce the depolarization, I evaluated the CCKSNS-induced

depolarizations in the presence of TTX and in Krebs I solutions with modified

ionic compositions. In the presence of TTX (3 llM), where sodium conductance

Page 153: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

110

is nullified as indicated by the inability to evoke action potentials with

either direct or indirect stimulation, the depolarization induced by the

peptide was depressed slightly (23.4% ~ 12.6, 5 cells) indicating some

dependence on GNa (Fig. 21).

In separate experiments, the sodium concentration of the Krebs'

solution was lowered to 12 mM with sucrose replacement to maintain

osmolarity. After 10 min in reduced sodium Krebs, the amplitude of the CCKS-

induced depolarizations was reduced an average of 32% ~ 12% compared to

control (n=3). Similar results were obtained with experiments in which the

ganglion had been superfused with a low sodium solution with Tris-HCl

replacement to maintain osmolarity (Dun ~ al., 1978) (Fig. 22).

In a high potassium (18.8 mM) medium, the amplitude of the CCKS

depolarization was reduced by 60% ~ 3% (n=3). This reduction occurred even

though the membrane potential, which was decreased by superfusion of the

elevated potassium solution, was clamped to control level before the

application of the peptide. An example of this effect is shown in Fig. 23.

In all cases, the effects were reversible. These results suggest a

relationship of the CCK depolarization with the GK.

3.4 Site(s) of Action

3.4.1 CCK Antagonists

Few data on CCK receptor antagonists exist in the published

literature. Of these, the best documented are proglumide (DL-4-benzamine­

N,N-dipropyl-glutaramic acid), a drug used in the short-term treatment of

gastric ulceration, and benzotript (N-(P-chlorobenzoyl)-L-tryptophan

Page 154: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 21. CCKSNS.

Effect of TTX on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by

CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) triggers a slow depolarization associated with an initial decrease in input resistance and a later increase in input resistance with concommitant firing of burst action potentials (A). TTX applied by superfusion depresses the slow depolarization and blocks the characteristic pattern of input resistance change (seen in A) induced by CCKSNS. Vm = -44 mV.

Page 155: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A CONTROL

t CCKaNS

J20mV B TTX (10 ).1M)

16 •• 0

,1II1ii11l 111 I m 1 m I r IIl11m Ii 1111111 rnll1l1"hi'III"n"lihIil111l1~ 11111111 I Ii lim lit

t Fig. 21. pig IMG.

Effect of TTX on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea I-' I-' I-'

Page 156: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 22. Effect of lowering extracellular sodium concentration on the CCK8NS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes a slow depolarization associated with an initial decrease in R.in (A). Note the increase in synaptic activity at the peak of depolarizat10n. Bathing the preparation in a medium of tenfold less [Na+] depresses the amplitude of the slow depolarization. Sodium ions were replaced with an isomolar amount of either sucrose or Tris-(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (see Methods section). Vm=-58 mV.

Page 157: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A CONTROL

112

\' ill t r I A Ii ill Ii" Ii II iii IIflliil1ll Ii"" Ii" ""filii n![j III"" ",It rllli III Til I

t CCKaNS

J20mv 15 sec

8 Na'" (11.85 mM)

iTTT1lliliilmli"I~lmllliiflmnlllfllnlliilillllnlnnlllnlrmlllnl11111111111

t Fig. 22. Effect of lowering extracellular sodium concentration on the CCKaNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

Page 158: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 23. Effect of raising extracellular potassium concentration on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCK8 •

CCK8 applied 'by pressure ejection (small arrows) elicits slow depolarization such as shown in A. B. raising [K+] five folds blocks the slow depolarization induced by CCK8 • High potassium medium caused 20 mV depolarization (from -52 to -32 mV), but the trace was recorded after manually clamping the membrane potential back to -52 C. After a 15 min period of washing with regular Krebs solution, CCK8 elicits its characteristic response shown in A. In A and C, the slow depolarization is associated with spiking activities due to evoked synaptic potentials, anodal brake, or neuronal discharge. The big arrows indicate the order of the experimental steps. Vm = -52 mV.

Page 159: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A. CONTROL

B. HIGH K+ 23.5 mM

CCKa I ~dnlil~i~iMoli~l~m~I~~«i~i~lt~imi~~m~i/mm~_ill~M

C. RECOVERY 15 min

I

113

J20mv 15 sec

Fig. 23. Effect of raising extracellular potassium concentration on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG hy CCKs·

Page 160: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

114

(Hahne ~ al., 1981). Both prog1umide and benzotript competitively inhibit

pancreatic CCk receptor binding and CCK-stimulated amylase release (Hahne ~

.!!..:..' 1981), antagonize CCK stimulation of isolated smooth muscle (Collins &

Gardner, 1982) and inhibit acid output from isolated gastric parietal cells

(Magous & Bali, 1983). Proglumide acts as an antagonist for CCK receptors in

the pancreas (Hahne ~ a1., 1981) and rat midbrain dopaminergic neurons, as

well as in the dopamine-sensitive prefrontal cortical cells (Chiodo & Bunney,

1983). The inhibitory action of proglumide as a specific CCK receptor

antagonist in vivo has been documented by several laboratories (Hahne, ~

a1., 1981; Chiodo & Bunney, 1983; Collins ~ a1., 19B3). The result of the

present studies, however, showed that thes~ compounds proved ineffective in

antagonizing the excitatory action of CCK8 on the neurons of guinea pig IMG.

They did not block either the presynaptic repetitive stimulation or colon

distension-stimulated slow depolarization. Both proglumide and benzotript

(30 llM) were tried in 8 cells of 8 preparations with the same negative

results.

BU2 cyclic GMP has also been shown to have CCK antagonist actions in

some tissues (Peikin ~ al., 1979). In IMG preparations superfusion of

ganglia with 0.1 mM BU2 cyclic GMP reduced the amplitude of CCKa-induced

depolarizations by 39 .:!:. 10%; however, the amplitude of fast cholinergic

EPSP I S was also reduced suggesting a nonspecific effect. An example of the

effect of BU2 cyclic GMP on the slow depolarization stimulated by the

exogeneous application of CCKaS is shown in Fig. 24. Although bath

administration of BU2 cGMP (100 J.lM for 15 min) significantly blocked the CCK­

induced excitation in a relatively (15 min) rapid manner, the reversibility

of the compound is questionable. Thus, it took the cell more than one hour to

Page 161: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 24. Action of BU2 cGMP on the CCKaS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

CCKaS applied by pressure ejection (upright arrows) causes slow depolarization accompanied by firing of action potentials (upper trace). Superfusion of BU2 cGMP blocks the slow depolarization (middle trace). Recovery does not occur before 80 min period of washing with regular Krebs solution (bottom trace).

Page 162: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

115

~II~~I ~ I...

1 CCKaS BU2cGMP 5 PSI (0.1 mM)

J20mv 50 msec 15 min

15 sec

- r--- ----

1 I WASHING 80 min

t Fig. 24. Action of BU2 cGMP on the CCKsS-induced slow depolar-ization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

Page 163: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

116

recover and give a response comparab le with the control response. In

addition, a more extensive testing of the specificity of action of BU2 cGMP is

needed. The experiment was repeated three times using three preparations

with the same results.

3.4.2 Pre- and Postsynpatic Sites of CCK Action

To determine whether CCK peptides act directly on the postsynaptic

receptors or indirectly by releasing other peptides or neurotransmitters,

the regular Krebs' solution was replaced with high Mg2+ (12 roM), low Ca2+

(0.25 mM) solution. The response to CCK8 was not changed (5 cells, 3

preparations), although both fast and slow responses to presynaptic nerve

stimulation were blocked. Fig. 25 shows the persistance of CCK8-induced

depolarization in a medium of low Ca2+.

There was an addit ional presynaptic effect for CCKS• CCK is known

to cause an accumulation of intracellular Ca2+ (Peggion ~.!!.:., 1983), which

might explain the additional action of CCl< as a releaser for ACh in myenteric

plexus (Yau~ a1., 1974). In addition, as shown by the present results, CCK

increased GNa • Increasing GNa would enhance the amount of depolarization

near the axonal nerve endings and that may result in increased transmitter

release. In this regard, TTX (3pM) which blocked presynaptic repetitive

stimulation-induced slow depolarization, partially inhibited (23.4% .:!:.

12.6%, 5 cells) CCKS-stimulated slow depolarization (Fig. 26). It is

possible that CCK8 releases a neurotransmitter from some nerve terminals as a

part of its action. When the ganglion preparation was perfused with a low

Ca2+/high Mg2+ Krebs' solution or with a TTX-containing medium in order to

reduce or eliminate synaptic activity, the depolarization was still

Page 164: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 25. Effect of lowering extracellular calcium on the slow depolarization induced by CCKa in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

CCKe applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes slow depolarization accompanied by firing of act10n potentials and some decrease in input resistance (A). Note that there are some synaptic events, before apf,lying CCKS ' which may reveal~ some Ach release from a previous application of CCK8 • B. Lowering lCa +] tenfolds and raising Mg2 tenfolds to keep osmolarity constant abolishes the cholinergic fast events leaving behind the slow depolarization induced by CCK8 • This indicates the direct postsynaptic action of CCK8 and the release of ACh as an additional action of CCK8 . Vm = -66 mV.

Page 165: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A CONTROL

B Mg2+(12mM)

Ca 2+(O.25 mM)

t CCKa

CCKa

Jamv 16 aec

Fig. 25. Effect of lowering extracellular calcium on the slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

..... ..... "

Page 166: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 26. Effect of TTX on both the presynaptic repetitive stimulation- and CCKS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig !MG.

Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, for the duration between the arrows in the upper left trace) of lumbar colonic nerves (LCN) produces slow depolarization which is eliminated by the bath application of TTX (upper right trace). CCKS applied by pressure ejection (vertical arrows) triggers slow depolarization accompanied with firing of action potentials (lower left trace). Bath application with TTX eliminates the neuronal action potentials and depresses the underlining slow depolarization.

Page 167: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

t I 30Hz LeN

CCKa

TTX 3 JIM

~ -

t I

...J12 mV

20S8C

TTX 311M ~.. --- .. I

..J 16mV

20a8C

-

Fig. 26. Effect of TTX on both the presynaptic repetitive stimulation- and CCKa-induced slow depolar-ization in a neuron of guinea pig ING.

I-' I-' 00

Page 168: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

119

observed, although its level and duration were reduced 23.4% + 12.6% and 16 +

5.4%, respectively, by TTX treatment. This finding suggested the

possibility that the depolarization was brought about by both presynaptic and

postsynaptic actions of CCKS• Alternatively, it is possible that Ca2+

conductance (GCa) may have contributed to the depolarizing phase of the CCK8

response, either through its mediation of synaptic transmission or through

the direct effect as a charge carrier for inward current. These studies were

done in 10 neurons (6 preparations).

3.5 Correlation Between the Effects ~ Substance! and CCKS

There is evidence for a co-existence of CCK- and substance P-like

immunoreactivities in a subpopulation of small primary sensory neurons and

fibers in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Skirboll ~ al., 1982; Mantyh &

Hunt, 1984). Since the functional significance to IMG-colon reflex of this

finding is unknown at present, the membrane actions of CCK8 and substance P

were compared on the same neurons of guinea pig IMG.

With only 1 pmole substance P or substance K (see Fig. 50 for their

amino acid sequence) applied by pressure ejection, a slow depolarization

concomittment with intense neuronal discharge and associated with a decrease

in membrane input resistance was produced (Fig. 27). Since both substance P

and CCKS depolarized the membrane of IMG neurons (See Konishi ~ al., 1979;

Minota ~ al., 1981; Tsunoo ~ al., 1982, see latter for substance p),

possible interaction with a common or separate receptors was considered. In

the absence of specific CCK receptor antagonists, and in order to get more

information about the possible interaction between CCK8 and SP at the SP

Page 169: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 27. Excitatory action of some tachykinin on neurons of guinea pig IMG.

Peptides applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evoked slow depolarization with rapid onset and concommitant intense neuronal discharge. Note that the amplitude of the action potentials are attenuated by pen recorder. Note also the initial decrease in input resistance in both traces.

Page 170: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

J20mv 15 lee

1 Substance K

1 Substance P

Fig. 27. Excitatory action of some tachykinin on neurons of guinea pig IMG. I-' N o

Page 171: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

121

receptor sites, the effect of spantide, (D-Arg1, D-Pr02, D-Trp7,9, Leu11 )­

SP, an analogue of SP having antagonist properties (Urban & Randic, 1984;

Konishi & Otsuka, 19B5), on the SP- and CCKB-evoked depolarizations of the IMG

neurons was investigated. It was found that superfusion of substance P

analogue by itself produced no changes in membrane potential or conductance

of IMG neurons, but it did almost completely abolish the depolarizing

response to SP in 70% of cells (n=25). The depressant effect of the SP

analogue outlasted the application but was reversible. By contrast, the

depolarizing effect of CCKB was not affected by the SP analogue in the five

cells (three preparations) examined. An example of the selective blocking

action of (D-Arg l , D-Pr02, D-Trp7,9, Leu ll )- SP is illustrated in Fig. 2B.

The interaction between SP and CCKB at common or separate receptor

sites was further examined by probing any cross desensitization between the

two peptides. The amplitude of the slow depolarization evoked by CCKS in

neurons (5 neurons in 2 preparations) of guinea pig IMG was compared before

and after rendering the neurons desensitized to substance P 0.5 pmole) by its

continuous application from pressure ejection pipette. Decremental

responses of SP-induced depolarization occurred if two successive

applications of SP were separated by a period of less than 5 min. In the

present experiments, SP was applied everyone minute to accelerate the

inducation of desensitized response. The tenth application of SP produced

sufficient desensitization (Fig. 29-B). It was found that while obtaining a

progressively decremental response to SP (amplitude reduced 67% + 6.3 and

duration reduced to 20%.!. B. 2), the amplitude of CCKa-evoked response remain

virtually unchanged. An example of such an experiment is portrayed in Fig.

29. Note that CCKaNS increased both the frequency and amplit'ude of fast

Page 172: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

· 1 2 7 9 11 ) ( -5 F1g. 28. The effects of (U-Arg , D-Pro , U-Trp , ,Leu -SP 2 X 10 M) on the responses of IMG neuron of guinea pig to SP and CCKSNS.

The upper traces represent control responses for SP (left column) and CCK8NS (right column); the lower traces show SP and CCK8NS (left and right columns, respectivelYd responses obtained 3 min after the onset of a 2 min superfusions with (D-Argl , D-Pr02 , D-Trp7, , Leull)-Sp: Note that the SP analogue almost completely abolished the depolarizing response to SP leaving the CCK8NS­depolarizing response unaffected. Vm = -56 mV~

Page 173: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

J'MV iMIIIIII"'IIlI'""IIIIIIIIIIIKI~I/"IIfMI~ffttIIlIIlIIUIIIINII~ t15 •• 0

, CCKaNa

_(D-ArCl1.D-prO~D-Trp7.G.L'U11) IP 2 X10-a M -~M-'l1J1111ft11Mt.MtI'I,*n~I,"1~"'I.lkl~I~lt~il'. ,,*1MftI.lll1t+*,nlNt'IIIIVlllllnNtllkll'lwtlft"lnHIWifMlIlIlIrttIt

t 7 9 11 -5 Fig. 28. The effects of(D-Argl, D-Trp , ,Leu )-SP(2XI0 M) on the responses of

IMG neuron of guinea pig to SP and CCK8NS.

I-' N N

Page 174: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 29. guinea pig IMG.

Interaction of CCKaNS and substance P (SP) on a neuron of

A. CCKaNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) from one micropipette (5 II m tip diameter) elicits slow depolarization associated with an initial decrease followed by an increase in input resistance. Note the surge of evoked fast EPSP IS 15 min after CCKaNS application which might have triggered Ach release from synaptic terminals. B. SP, similarly applied (arrow) from a second micropipette (20 llm tip diameter), triggers slow depolarization associated with an intense neuronal discharge (left trace). After five repeated applications of SP, the response to SP is desensitized (right trace). The membrane potential was manually clamped throughout at -53 mV. C. CCKaNS, similarly applied from the first pipette immediately after the recording of the desensitized response to SP (B, right trace), evokes slow depolarization similar to the one shown in A. Vm = -61 mV.

Page 175: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

123

A.

t CCKaNS

.J 5 mV

15 sec B.

t Substance P

c.

t CCKaNS

Fig. 29. Interaction of CCKSNS and substance P (SP) on a neuron of guinea pig !MG.

Page 176: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

124

EPSP's (Fig. 2S) seen at the peak and decay phase of the slow depolarization.

CCKS also was shown to increase both the amplitude and frequency of the

continuous synaptic, cholinergic input from the colon (Fig. 31). This

effect of CCKSNS seems to be due to pre- and postsynaptic action of the

peptide. SP did not possess the same effect. It has been evident that CCKa

releases Ach from presynaptic terminals from the myenteric plexus (Yau ~

al., 1974). Also, CCK30- 33 evoked release of ACh with or without the release

of another peptide indicating presynaptic effect, as seen in Fig. 30.

3.5.1 Correlation Between the Effect of VIP and CCKS

VIP-like immunoreactive substance has been localized in the

intramural ganglia of the colon and projecting on the IL\fG neurons of guinea

pig and in cell bodies intrinsic to IMG (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983). VIP (2

pmoles) applied by pressure ejection caused comparable slow depolarization

(12.!. 3.1 mV, 120 .!.14 sec) that was associated with intense neuronal discharge

and a decrease in input resistance as shown in Fig. 32. The amino acid

sequence of VIP is shown in Fig. 50.

possible interaction between CCKa and VIP at common or separate

receptor sites was investigated (in 4 neurons, three preparations) by

conducting cross desensitization studies. The amplitude of the slow

depolarization evoked by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG was compared

before and after rendering the neurons desensitized to VIP by its continuous

administration. Decremental responses (65.3%.!.5 reduction in amplitude and

S2. 7%.!. 9.4 reduction in duration) of VIP-induced depolarizations occurred if

two successive applications of VIP were separated by a period of less than 5

min. In the present experiments, VIP was applied everyone minute to

Page 177: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 30. Action of CCK30-33 applied by pressure ejection on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

Slow depolarization ensues after the application of CCK30- 33 (arrow). The slow depolarization is associated with a decrease in Rill and is followed by another long lasting slow depolarization with enhanced synpatic activity. Th1s phenomenon implies possible evoked cholinergic and peptidergic release by CCK30- 33 •

Page 178: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

CCK(30-33) J.omv 15 sec

Fig. 30. Action of CCK30_33 applied by pressure ejection on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

I-' N lJ1

Page 179: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 31. Effect of CCK8 on the continuous synaptic activity observed in the colon-IMG preparation of guinea pig.

CCK8 applied by pressure ejection (arrow) elicits a slow depolarization (C). In this cell CCK8 caused an increase in Rin (indicated by the downward deflections which are responses to hyperpolarizing current pulses of 0.3 nA and 100 msec duration). A and B are insets which represent in the amplitude and frequence before (A) and after (B) applying CCK8 • Before (A) CCK8 , colon cholinergic inputs generate asynchoronous continuous activity which undergo an increase in both the amplitude and frequency after (B) CCK8 • The increase in frequency reveals the presynaptic action while the increase in amplitude reflects the postsynaptic action of CCK8 • Vm = -61 mV.

Page 180: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A

----------~----~-----~

CONTROL

c

B

CCKs

AFTER CCK

~5mV 60 msec

Fig. 31. Effect of CCKS on the continuous synaptic activity observed in the co10n-IMG preparation of guinea pig.

I-' tv Ci'\

Page 181: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 32. Excitatory action of VIP on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

VIP applied by pressure ejection elicits slow depolarization with intense burst of firing of action potentials. Note that the slow depolarization is preceded by a brief, slow hyperpolarization. At the beginning of the trace, anodal brake causes firing of action potentials. Action potential amplitudes were attenuated by the pen recorder. The downward deflections (anelectrotonic potentials) was stopped at the beginning of the last minute of the trace.

Page 182: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

tVIP (10-4 M)

Fig. 32. Excitatory action of VIP on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

J20mv 15s8C

...... N .....

Page 183: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

128

accelerate the induction of the desensitizated response. The tenth

application of VIP produced sufficient desensitization (Fig. 33-B). It was

found that while obtaining a progressively decrement response to VIP, the

amplitude of CCK8-evoked response remained virtually intact as before (7.5

mV) if not increased (9 mV). An example of such study is shown in Fig. 33.

3.5.2 CCK8-Induced Tachyphylaxis of Colon Distension Response

A cholinergic mechanosensory pathway to the IMG from the colon of

guinea pig has been described (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971a and 1971b; Szurszewski

& Weems, 1976; Weems & Szurszewski, 1977; Kreulen & Szurszewski, 1979a and

1979b). Activation of this pathway by distension of the colon results in an

increase in the frequency and amplitude of cholinergic fast EPSPs in ganglion

neurons. A noncholinergic sensory pathway that projects from the distal

colon to IMG of guinea pig has been reported (Peters & Kreulen, 1986; Kreulen &

Peters, 1986). It is not known if CCK is a neurotransmitter that mediates the

noncholinergic slow depolarization elicited by the distension of the colon.

If CCK8 or a related peptide can desensitize the response (the

noncholinergic, slow depolarization), it may well be the neurotransmitter

mediating the response. Therefore, it was reasonable to investigate the

desensitizing action of CCK8 on neurons in IMG responding to colon

distension.

When distending the colon (with 20 cm H20 pressure), there was a

slowly developing depolarization (Fig. l3-A) associated with an increase in

the synaptic activity that gave rise to superimposed action potential and

with decrease in Rin. When releasing the pressure, there was a restoration

of the resting conditions in confirmation to previous results (Kreulen &

Page 184: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 33. Interaction of CCKSNS and VIP on an IMG neuron of guinea pig.

A. CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) from one micropipette (5 llm tip diameter) elicits slow depolarization associated with a decrease in input resistance. Note that the synaptic activity shown at the beginning of the trace are cholinergic input from the colon. B. VIP, similarly applied (arrow) from a second micropipette (20 llm tip diameter) triggers slow depolarization associated with a neuronal discharge (left trace). After five repeated applications of VIP, the response to VIP is desensitized (right trace). The membrane potential was manually clamped throughout at -55 mV. C. CCKSNS, similarly applied from the first pipette immediately after the recording of the desensitized response to VIP (B, right trace), evokes slow depolarization even larger than the one shown in A. Vm = -55 mV.

Page 185: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

129

A.

t CCK aNS

.Js mV

B. 15 sec

t VIP

c.

iCCKaNS

Fig. 33. Interaction of CCKSNS and VIP on an niG neuron of guinea pig.

Page 186: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

130

Peters, 1986). The response was abolished by superfusing colon compartment

with Kreb's solution containing TTX 00 llM) (Kreulen & Peters, 1986) as shown

in Fig. 34. Inhibition of colon distension-induced depolarization is

indicative to the neuronal origin of the synaptic inputs from the colon to the

IMG neurons. That the colon distension-induced slow depolarization

involves release of some chemical substance in the synaptic clefts in the IMG

can be demonstrated by superfusing the ganglion compartment with a high Mg2+

(12 mM)/low Ca2+ (0.25 roM) solution. This solution abolished the response

within 5 min as can be seen in Fig. 35. Upon switching to regular Kreb's

solution, the effects produced by the various treatments were reversed.

There is no commercial specific antagonists for CCKa-induced slow

depolarization. However, analogous to the induction of antagonism to CCK8

action is the induction of CCK8 desensitization. Therefore, producing

desensitization by CCKS of colon distension-evoked slow depolarization in

the neurons of guinea-pig IMG was utilized. Immediately after producing

CCKS-evoked slow depolarization, increasing the intramural pressure of the

colon by distension did not trigger a slow depolarization comparable with the

control conditions. Desensitization occurred in 12 cells out of 25 neurons

tested (50%), which led to 75% ~ 10 reduction in the amplitude and 52% ~ 8

decrement in the duration of colon distension-induced slow depolarization.

Often, distension of the colon produced both an increase in

cholinergic fast EPSPs and a slow depolarization, suggesting a simultaneous

action of two different neurotransmitters on a single ganglion cell.

Interestingly, the cells that were desensitized, by exogeneous application

of CCK8 , of responding to colon distension showed more aspects of the

desensitization. The desensitization of the colon-induced slow

Page 187: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 34. TTX blocks the response triggered by colon distension in a neuron of guinea pig lllG.

A and B lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulses. Each is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon. It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity, that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. This characteristic response can be eliminated by bathing the colon in its compartment with a medium containing TTX as shown in B.

Page 188: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 34.

A.CONTROL

20 em H20J L B. TTX (10 pM)

JU_- L

~5mv 15 aec

TTX blocks the response triggered by colon distension in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. .... w ....

Page 189: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 35. Colon distension triggers release of a substance that mediates the slowly developing depolarization recorded in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

A and B lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulses. Each is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon. It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potential superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization above the dashed line (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. This characteristic response can be eliminated by bathing the colon ganglion preparation in a medium of high Mg2+ /low Ca2+ as shown in B. Vm = -55 mV.

Page 190: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A. CONTROL

20cm H20 J

B. HIGH Mg2 + (12 mM)

LOW Ca 2 + (0.25 mM)

L ...J5 mY

15 •• c

lTlIIl1IJllTIllll1lTlTlTllllllumlilliiiiliilliinlillnlhlilllWnllPhlllllllillllllllliillliiiiiillllllihllhhiinriTITTIIUllllllllllllnnlhlllllll1l

J- L Fig. 35. Colon distension triggers release of a substance that mediates the slowly developing depolarization recorded in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.

..... W N

Page 191: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

133

depolarization occurred either to the noncholinergic component only (see

Figs. 36, 37, and 38) or to both cholinergic and noncholinergic components

(Fig. 37). The tachyphylactic response of the cholinergic component could

be explained by the observation that CCKS releases ACh from nerve terminals, as

shown in the myenteric plexus (Yau.!.E. a1., 1974). Continued effects of ACh on

the postsynaptic membrane leads to tachyphylaxis of the cholinergic response

(Katz & Thesleff, 1957). Therefore, the desensitization in both cases is

basically to the noncholinergic slow depolarization. This was evident by

eliminating the cholinergic component with atropine (0.5 to 1 nM) and

hexamethonium (50-100 llM) leaving the noncholinergic depolarization undergo

tachyphylaxis upon administering CCKSNS (Fig. 36). CCKSNS-induced

tachyphylaxis of colon distension response occurred to the noncholinergic

component only in 36% (9 out of 25 cells), and to both cholinergic and

noncholinergic components in 12% (3 out of 25) of the cell tested. The

remaining 13 cells consisted of 9 cells showing no signs of desensitization

and 4 cells revealing desensitization only after applying more than one dose

of CCK8NS.

3.5.3 Electrophysiological Characterization of Rabbit IMG

3.5.3.1 Anatomy. The inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit

lies where the inferior mesenteric artery (IMA) merges with the abdominal

aorta. Generally, the ganglion is composed of two lobes. One large lobe­

the main lobe - nests cranial to IMA and one smaller lobe usually rests

caudally to IMA. Even though, the lobes seem symmetrical on both sides of the

animal, they are not paired. The two lobes, however, are interconnected with

branches embracing the IMA. The classical preganglionic nerve is lumbar

Page 192: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 36. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.

A and B lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulse. Each pulse is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon, It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. Itmnediately after pressure-ejected CCKSNS (inset), the pulse used to distend the colon no longer elicits slowly developing depolarization (B, upper trace). Note that CCKaNS-induced desensitization occurred to the slowly developing depolarization (noncholinergic component). The residual cholinergic bursts of action potentials seen in B, upper trace could be due to evoked cholinergic release by CCKaNS. Vm = -47 mV.

Page 193: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

134

A.

Jsmv 15 sec

Fig. 36. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncho1inergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.

Page 194: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 37. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (both the cholinergic and noncholinergic components) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.

Left and right lower traces are the colonic intramural pressure pulses. Each is equivalent to 20 cm of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon. It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (left, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. Immediately after pressure-ejected CCKSNS (inset), the pulse used to distend the colon no longer elicits slowly developing depolarization (right, upper trace). Note that CCKSNS-induced desensitization occurred to both the slowly developing depolarization and the cholinergic synaptic events. The latter may occur due to desensitizing effect of Ach released by CCKSNS. Vm = -53 mV.

Page 195: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

J I L_

20 ell} 1120

Pr ... ure Ejected CCKa

",., , b 'J 24 sec

t --15 mY

15 eec

!'!!i\3!fr.l~~~'ilft!'II!IlrIlMffllI.i'ijr • I IJIlJIInlJll P' Un! iiri!ff.

s L

Fig. 37. Desensitizing action of CCKaNS to the slow depolarization (both the cholinergic and noncholinergic components) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.

t-" W lJ1

Page 196: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 38. Desensitizing action of CCK8NS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG in the presence of cholinergic antagonists.

A, Band C lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulse. Each pulse is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon, it induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensures. A mixture of atropine and hexamethonium abolished the cholinergic fast events leaving behind the noncholinergic componet of the slowly developing depolarization above the dased line as shown in B, upper trace. After pressure-ejection of CCK8NS, the pulse used to distend the colon no longer elicits slowly developing depolarization (C, upper trace). Note that CCK8NS-induced desensitization has occurred only to the noncholinergic component. Note also that the mixture of cholinergic antagonist is still present in C. Vm = -46 mV.

Page 197: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A.

20 em H 20 I

B. Atropine 1 nM I Hexamethonium 50 pM

c.

L

L

~5mv 15 lee

Fig. 38. Desensitizing action of CCKaNS to the slow depolariza-tion (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG in the presence of cholinergic antagonists.

136

Page 198: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

137

splanchnic nerve (LSN). Its branches connect the ganglion with the

sympathetic chain by running ventrally on the chain to both lobes. From the

caudal pole of the smaller lobe stems the hypogastric nerve. A nerve and some

fibers originating from the cranial pole (going craniodorsally) and the

ventral side (going cranioventrally) of the main lobe, merge toward the

ascending mesentery to form the intermesenteric nerve (IMN). The 1MN

connects the IMG with its cranially neighboring ganglia (celiac and superior

mesenteric). Caution was taken when removing parts of the vena cava, other

connective tissue, and fat layers for fear of cutting fibers belonging to 1M,

LS, and HG nerves running along these parts. Some fibers run dorsally from

the colon between branches of IMA and inferior mesenteric vein (1MV) to the

ventral sides of the lobes, and making branches of the lumbar colonic nerve

(LCN). LCN branches are located at the neck of the blood vessel tree where

both IMA and IMV bend.

A diagrammatic representation of rabbit IMG with its associated

nerve trunks is shown in Fig. 2. Earlier anatomical description of the

ganglia was presented by Brown and Pascoe (1952). The anatomical

terminology of Kreulen (1982b) was kept throughout the description.

3.5.3.2 Electrical Properties of Neurons in Rabbit IMG. With the

experimental increase in the number of studies on the effects of CCK on

behavior, it has become clear that marked species differences in

responsiveness exist. For example, evidence for differing responses to the

inhibition of feeding by CCK in a number of different species has been

presented (Morley ~ al., 1985). The situation of variability among species

in response to CCK can be explained by different mechanism of action. In this

regard, CCK appears to produce its reduction of food intake through

Page 199: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

138

peripheral mechanism in some species and through a central site of action in

others (Morley ~ a1., 1985).·

In the present studies, it is relevant to investigate comparative

action of CCK8 on IMG of another mammalian species. The reason is there are

considerable variabilities in the morphological organization, type of cells,

mode of transmissions among homologous ganglia of different species. The

differences between IMG of cat, dog, rat and guinea pig were presented in the

Introduction. Therefore, it was beneficial to test the action of CCK8 and

related peptide on rabbit IMG cells. The rabbit IMG has not been studied yet.

The membrane passive and active properties of neurons impaled in all

preparations (280 neurons in 70 preparations) are summarized in Table 4 and 5.

There were no systematic differences among neurons in various lobes of the

ganglion. From Table 4 and 5, one can see large coefficient of variance

values among the data obtained for threshold, 'time constant 7T, Rin , and

Rheobase. This could be due to several groups of cells showing different

excitabilities (vide infra). The data, however, showed that the IMG of the

rabbit have some properties similar to these ganglia in other species. In

addition, the data were in agreement to previous findings done on the rabbit

IMG (Kreulen, 1982b; Simmons, 1985). The action potential in the rabbit IMG

cells was studied following either direct intracellular stimulation with

short cathodal pulses, antidromic stimulation or orthodromic stimulation.

Hyperpolarizing pulses injected in the soma were used to identify the

antidromic or orthodromic response. These pulses eliminate the former and

reveal synaptic potential from the latter. Also, the shape of the response

could help identify the antidromic or the orthodromic action potential.

However, the properties of the direct, antidromic and synaptic spikes were

Page 200: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

139

TABLE 4

Membrane Passive Electrical Properties in Response to Intracellular Current Flow in

Rabbit IMG Neurons.

RMP

(mV)

-53.7 + 8.2

(50)b

35 - 75c

23.7 + 34*

(20)

8 - 80

(msec)

10 + 3.8

(20)

5.4 - 19

Rheobase

(nA)

0.31 + 0.36*

(20)

0.05 - 1.4

a: time constant of the decay of local depolarization: time elapsed before the

potential reaches 63% of its peak amplitude.

b: number of cells tested.

c: range

*: number is discussed in the text.

Page 201: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

140

TABLE 5

Membrane Active Electrical Properties to Direct Stimulation of Neurons in Rabbit

IMG.

Threshold

(mV)

16.8 + 9.3*

(23)a

5 - 2Sb

ACTION POTENTIAL

Amplitude

(mV)

90 + 23.5

(68)

60 - 120

a: number of cells tested

b: range

Duration

(msec)

9.8 + 2.6

(57)

5 - 15

* number is discussed in the text.

AFTER HYPERPOLARIZATION

Amplitude

(mV)

12.4 + 3

(64)

5 - 20

Duration

(msec)

147.2 + 28.1

(64)

100 - 200

Page 202: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

141

not significantly different.

3.5.3.3 Types of Cells. Generally, most cells in rabbit IMG showed

pulse-intensity- and pulse-duration-dependent response. The mean

amplitude and duration of action potential and after hyperpolarization are

shown in Table 5. They are similar to those reported in other prevertebral

ganglia of several species (Kreulen & Szurszewski, 1979a; Simmons, 1985).

Cells also responded differently to direct stimulation. The number and/or

frequency of action potential spikes in response to constant depolarizating,

200 ms-current pulse varies between cells. Some neurons fired action

potentials for the duration of the depolarizing current, but most neurons

fired one or two action potentials only at the onset of the depolarizing

pulse. The former and the latter patterns of responses were termed tonic and

phasic responses respectively (Szurszewski, 1981). However, it is not known

whether this phenomenon is due to two types of neurons or one neuron

exhibiting different states of response under particular circumstances. A

phasic or a tonic response could not be correlated with the location of a

neuron in the ganglion. Tonic responses were associated with lower resting

membrane potentials and higher input resistance, indicating higher resting

conductance. Twenty percent of cells (24 out of 117 cells) fired tonically

and the remainder (93 cells) fired phasically.

Apparent resting membrane potential did not reveal the cell type.

The resting membrane potentials ranged from 35 to 65 mV averaging -50 mV and

reflecting high resting conductances. Upon impalement, all neurons did not

reach immediately their steady state resting membrane potentials. Some

cells, however, expressed higher resting potential than 85 mV (up to 85 mV) .

In these cases, direct stimulation of the cell did not elicit an action

Page 203: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

142

potential. Furthermore, these cells showed low input resistance and seemed

inexcitable. Observing the oscillation of the membrane potential between

certain levels even after reaching a steady state, I noticed that some of

these cells became excitable after their membrane potential had dropped to 65

mVor less. Despite the apparent inexcitability, these cells responded when

stimulated indirectly. The responses ranged from nongradable EPSP to

compound synpatic potential having several spikes (vide infra). Few cells

were inexcitable when directly or indirectly stimulated, they have

apparently been called silent cells or glial cells (Blackman ~ al., 1969;

Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971).

Less than one tenth (23 of 280) of the neurons tested showed

spontaneous activity as indicated by continuous fast-EPSP's and/or action

potentials. Neurons exhibiting such activities were categorized into two

types: the irregularly and regularly firing neurons. The former group were

numerous and showed continuous electrical activity, which took the form of

spontaneous fast EPSP's that occasionally gave rise to action potentials.

The amplitude, duration, rise time, and time constant of fast-EPSP decay are

shown in Table 6. Spontaneous fast EPSP were not affected by superfusion

with TTX (3 X 10-6M) but abolished by hexamethonium (l.5 X 10-4M). Since the

fast-EPSP's were also not affected by hyperpolarization (Fig. 39-B), these

observations imply a high level of spontaneous release of excitatory

neurotransmitter presumably ACh. The regularly firing neurons were fewer in

number (8 cells) and behaved like pacemakers. They fired rhythmically with

an average frequency of 5 Hz. These cells however, received some synaptic

input from each of the four nerves since stimulating the cell indirectly did

elicit a spike. Nonetheless, this presynaptic stimulation did not affect

Page 204: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

TABLE 6

Properties of the Fast Excitatory Post-Synaptic Potentials (EPSP)* in

Rabbit IMG

Amplitude

(mV)

6.2 + 4.6

(20)b

Duration

(msec)

38.8 + 20.6

(20)

Rise Time

(msec)

6.9 + 3.4

(20)

11 + 6.6

(20)

143

a: time constant of the decay of local depolarization: time elapsed before the

potential reaches 63% of its peak amplitude

b: number of cells tested

* latencies range from 7 to 96.6 msec.

Page 205: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

144

its frequency of firing. In addition, transient hyperpolarization did not

affect but momentarily the behavior of the cell. Fig. 39-A shows the

transient absence of spikes for the period of the applied hyperpolarization

and the resumption of firing with the original frequency upon the termination

of hyperpolarization. Similar cells have been found in dog (King &

Szurszewski, 1984a) and cat (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983). Although firing

continuously up to one hour, these cells showed infrequent cessation of one or

more spikes. Other rhythmically firing neurons with progressively higher

frequencies were rare. Finally, none of these activities represented injury

firing, for the amplitude and frequency of spike were not reduced by time.

3.5.3.4 Synaptic Responses II Nerve Stimulation. Almost all

responsive neurons to indirect stimulation gave some synaptic potential

evoked by stimulating any of the four nerves attached to the ganglion. In

cases where an action potential could be evoked using only any of three or less

of the four synaptic inputs, it seemed evident that the remaining nerves are

damaged or not well mounted on the bipolar stimulating electrode. Indeed,

the not firing nerves are the same nerves encountered silent when recording

from other cells in the same preparation. Therefore, it is most likely that

all four nerves virtually innervate any cell in the ganglion. Furthermore,

there is no differential distribution region among various nerve inputs.

This pattern in rabbit IMG in similar to those in the dog (King & Szurszewski,

1984a) and guinea pig (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971). In the cat-IMG,

however, the regional organization of nerve inputs has been reported (Jule &

Szurszewski, 1983).

Another interesting aspect of synaptic transmission in the rabbit

L.'iG is the phenomenon of convergence. Fig. 40 shows a gradual appearance of

Page 206: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 39. Effect of hyperpolarizing current on types of neuronal firing in rabbit ~lG.

Effect of hyperpolarizing current pulse applied through the recording microlectrode on the electrical activity of a spontaneously discharging neuron (A) and on an irregularly discharging neuron (B) in rabbit IMG. Note that, in A, the hyperpolarization abolishes the firing revealing no underlining synaptic potentials. In B, synaptic potentials are revealed with hyperpolarization.

Page 207: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A /1 /1 /[ /' /'1 II /"1 /1 ./ , • I' I' I ! I ,t .

f ,,' .' I " ... l " I ,-

t HYPERPOLARIZATION

60 mY

B 0.5 sec

HYPERPOLARIZATION •

Fig. 39. Effect of hyperpolarizing current on types of neuronal firing in rabbit UIG. I-' +'-1ft

Page 208: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 40. Effect of increasing stimulus strength to lumbar colonic nerves on synaptic responses in a neuron of rabbit IMG.

Number below each trace is the relative stimulus strength in percent compared to that producing a maximal response. Note that as the stimulus intensity is increased an increasing number of fast EPSP occur in the postganglionic cell.

Page 209: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

16 34

50 mV

50 msec

73 100

Fig. 40. Effect of increasing stimulus strength to lumbar colonic nerves on synaptic responses in a neuron of rabbit IMG. ~

~ 0\

Page 210: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

147

spikes and/or EPSP's by step-up increase of stimulus intensity applied to

lumbar colonic nerve. Each component of the compound synaptic potential has

a specific latency. Stimulating any of the other three nerves gave rise to

the same pattern of response. In other words, all nerves presented

convergence upon stimulation. The properties of the fast EPSP are shown in

Table 6.

Unlike the fast responses elicited directly or indirectly, the slow

potentials in the rabbit IMG are only evoked by repetitive stimulation (30 Hz,

6 s) of the presynaptic fiber (Fig. 41). These slow potentials may consist of

several components of different polarities, pharmacology, onset, and/or time

course characteristics. Besides the better known slow EPSP (noncholinergic

slow depolarization) in guinea pig IMG, there may also be a slow IPSP (slow

hyperpolarization), masked by, or even in some cases following the slow

depolarization. The preceding slow hyperpolarization may occur immediately

after or during the train of stimulation (Fig. 42). The percentage of the

changes in input resistance during the slow hyperpolarization and

depolarization are shown in Table 7. The slow hyperpolarization is defined

in the present context as the slow hyperpolarization potential that follows

the train of stimulation and precedes the slow depolarization. The increase

in Rin during the slow depolarization of rabbit IMG was in agreement to that

reported in the same ganglion by Simmons (1985).

3.5.3.5 Pharmacology of the Slow Potentials of the Rabbit IMG. As

far as the pharmacology of the slow hyperpolarization is concerned, it was

feasible to dissect this potential into a least two components: nicotinic and

muscarinic. Atropine showed concentration-dependent depression of the slow

hyperpolarization (Fig. 43 and Table 8) and parallel increase in the

Page 211: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 41. Evoked slow potentials in a neuron of the rabbit IMG.

Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec as indicated by the arrows and the bar> of the intermesenteric nerve (IMN) elicits slow depolarization associated with increased synaptic activity at its peak and preceded by a slow hyperpolarization. The dashed line marks the level of the resting membrane potentials of this cell (-66 mV).

Page 212: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

--~

30 Hz

6 sec

U IMN

... ~. a, .. -t ------------

Fig. 41. Evoked slow potentials in a neuron of the rabbit IMG.

~10mv 10 sec

I-' ~ 00

Page 213: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 42. Types of the slow IPSP produced in neurons of rabbit IMG.

Upon repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the arrows and the horizontal bar) of any of the four nerve trunks attached to IMG, a slow-IPSP and slow-EPSP can be produced. The slow-IPSP could be produced during the stimulation train (A) or immediately after the train (B). Note that the action potentials fired during the train were truncated by the limited frequency response of the pen recorder.

Page 214: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

149

A

10 sec

8

- -- - ---- ---

u Fig. 42. Types of the slow IPSP produced in neurons of rabbit IMG.

Page 215: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 43. Effect of atropine on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron· of rabbit IMG.

Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec as indicated by small arrows and bar) of intermesenteric nerve (IMN) evokes slow depolarization with enhanced synaptic activity at its peak. The slow depolarization is preceded by slow hyperpolarization (left trace). Atropine applied by superfusion depresses the preceding slow hyperpolarization and enhances the amplitude of the slow depolarization (right trace). The dashed line represents the level of the resting membrane potential of this cell (-61 mV).

Page 216: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

IMN 30Hz

Fig. 43.

Atropine _ ................................................. O.1pM,5 min

LJ

10mY

12 •• c

Effect of atropine on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG.

I-' lJ1 -::>

Page 217: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

TABLE 7

Properties of Slow Postsynaptic Potentials in Rabbit IMG.

Amplitude

(mV)

6.4 + 4.6

(80)

s-EPSpa

% Increase

21 + 13.6

a: Slow Excitatory Postsynaptic Potential

b: Slow Inhibitory Postsynaptic Potential

c: Input resistance

d: Number of Cells Tested

Amplitude

(mV)

7 + 3.4

(56)

151

% Decrease

38.44 + 14.8

Page 218: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

152

TABLE 8

Concentration-dependent Effect of Atropine on Slow Potential Amplitudes in

Rabbit-IMG*

Conc. (M)

% Reduction of

s-IPSP Amplitudes

% Increase of

s-EPSP Amplitudes

44

+ 2.3

200

+ I

Data represent the means of 13 cells tested.

58

+ 3.5

300

+ 23

62

+ 1.5

440 .

+ 18

Page 219: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

153

amplitude of the slow depolarization. On the other hand, hexamethonium (150

].1M) abolished the slow hyperpolarization with a correspondent enhancement of

the slow depolarization (Fig. 44). In 75% (6 out of 8) of the cells tested,

hexamethonium abolished the slow hyperpolariztion that follows the train of

stimulation; however, there was unaffected component of the slow

hyperpolarization that appears after the first stimulus in the train (Fig.

44). This third component of the slow hyperpolarization proved to be

noncholinergic. Table 9 shows the concentration-dependent effect of

hexamethonium on the slow potentials.

The interval between trains revealed its effect on the amplitude and

duration of the slow potential as shown in Fig. 45. When the intermesenteric

nerve was stimulated repetitively every six minutes, one would get very

similar response to the control condition. When the interval between train

decreases there was a parallel increase in the amplitude and duration of the

slow hyperpolarization together with concommitant decrease in the amplitude

of the slow depolarization. These changes are proportional to the

variations in the intervals between trains. Therefore, one of the essential

factors was to keep constant the duration between successive trains of

stimulation to minimize the variations and obtain better comparison between

treatments. This phenomenon was described by Weems and Szurszewski (19).

The after hyperpolarization of all the spikes in the train of stimulation

summate to produce the slow hyperpolarization. However, in so doing, the

slow hyperpolarization can be thought of as a nicotinic cholinergic

component. However, the slow hyperpolarization consists of a nicotinic,

muscarinic and noncholinergic components.

Considerable evidence has accumulated suggesting that purines,

Page 220: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 44. Effect of hexamethonium on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG.

Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec as indicated by small arrows and bar) of lumbar clonic nerve (LeN) evokes slow depolarization with enhanced neuronal discharge at its peak. The slow depolarization is preceded by slow hyperpolarization (left trace). Hexamethonium applied by superfusion blocks the action potentials during the train of stimulation and the following slow hyperpolarization leaving behind the slow depolarization with its intensive neuronal discharge and some parts of the slow hyperpolarization that was masked by the action potentials of the train of stimulation.

Page 221: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

4V\

Fig. 44.

Hexamethonium • (1mM,6min)

~5mv 6 sec

Effect of hexamethonium on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG.

.... V1 -i:'-

Page 222: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

155

TABLE 9

Concentration-dependent Effect of Hexamethonium on Slow Potential Amplitudes

in Rabbit-IMG

Cone (M)

% Reduction of

s-IPSP Amplitudes

% Increase of

s-EPSP Amplitudes

1.3 2H

20 71

Data represent the mean of 9 cells tested.

100 >100

87.5 92

Page 223: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 45. Effect of the interval between consecutive stimulation on the size of the slow potentials produced in a neuron of rabbit IMG.

A. Upon repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the arrows and the horizontal bar) of the intermesenteric nerve (IMN), slow-IPSP and slow-EPSP can be produced. B. Succeeding repetitive stimulation, occurring at least 6 min after the preceding one, will reproduce same sizes of the slow potentials shown in A. C. If the succeeding stimulation occurs only 2 min after the preceding one, a larger size slow-IPSP and a smaller size slow-EPSP are produced. D. Diminishing further the interval between trains of stimulation to only 0.5 min produces further enlargement (in amplitude and duration) of the slow-IPSP and diminishes the S-EPSP. Note that the action potentials fired during the stimulation trains were truncated by the limited frequency response of the pen recorder. Vm = -57 mV.

Page 224: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

156

A Control

8 6 min

--t~~~ -----------

IMN U. 2 min

c o.smin

D

u u

10 sec

Fig. 45. Effect of the interval between consecutive stimulation on the size of the slow potentials produced in a neuron of rabbit IMG.

Page 225: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

157

adenosine and ATP function as neurotransmitters in the central and peripheral

nervous systems (Akasu ~ a1., 1984). Therefore, a number of criteria for

considering ATP or adenosine as a possible chemical mediator for the

noncholinergic component of the slow hyperp~larizations in the rabbit IMG

were examined. Exogeneous ATP (5 WM) depressed the amplitude and duration

of the slow hyperpolarization to 25% and 45% of its control values

respectively. ATP caused a reduction in the slope of the voltage-current

relationship indicating its depressing action on Rin. There was

tachyphylaxis to these effects of ATP in that the slow hyperpolarization

partially recovered despite the continued presence of ATP. ATP induced only

slight increase in the amplitude of the slow depolarization associated with

an enhancement of synaptic activity. Adenosine (1 llM) resulted in a

membrane hyperpolarization and increased the duration of the slow

hyperpolarization (150 to 200%) with a slight increase or no reduction of its

amplitude. Furthermore, there was about 20% reduction in the amplitude of

the slow depolarization (Fig. 46). In 84% of cells, adenosine affected both

slow depolarization and hyperpolarization. In 16% of cells, it affected

only the slow depolarization. Like ATP, adenosine reduced the membrane Rin.

Dipyridamole - a purine uptake blocker - (3 .1lM) produced effects on the slow

hyperpolarization similar to those of adenosine whether in the presence or

absence of the latter. Like adenosine, it also reduced 75% of the slow

depolarization amplitude. In addition, it delayed the onset of the slow

depolarization and terminated it after 7 s. As expected, dipyridamole

potentiated the action of adenosine. Closely similar effects of pyridamole

were observed when the compound was applied, by pressure ejection, in the

absence of adenosine. Interestingly, when the compound a, Smethylene ATP

Page 226: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 46. IMG.

Effect of super fused adenosine on the slow potentials elicited in neurons of rabbit

Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec - as indicated by arrows) of lumbar colonic nerves produces slow depolarization preceded by slow hyperpolarization as seen in the illustrated four traces. Note that the slowdepolarizations are associated with increased synaptic activity. A and B represent two groups of the neurons. The grouping was based on the response of the neurons before (upper panel in A and B) and after (lower panel in A and B) superfusing adenosine. Note the depression of the amplitude of the slow depolarization and enhancement of both the amplitude and duration of the slow hyperpolarization by adenosine.

Page 227: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A B

control control

----------------- ._-- -..0.--------------

f t adenosine (111M) Adenosine (111M)

t 130Hz

6 sec f ! Jl0 mV 10sec

~ Ln

Fig. 46. Effect of super fused adenosine on the slow potentials elicited in neurons 00

of rabbit IMG.

Page 228: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

159

(the rigid analogue of ATP) was applied (by pressure ejection) it produced

different effects in rabbit and guinea pig IMG. Fig. 47 shows these effects.

In the rabbit IMG, the compound produced slow depolarization, associated with

a decrease in Rin , preceded by slow hyperpolarization, In guinea pig IMG,

the compound produced only slow depolarization. Therefore there may be

different mode of transmissions between homologous ganglia of different

species.

Similar to their effect on neurons of guinea pig IMG , all peptides

applied by pressure ejection (CCKSS, NS, SP J VIP) produced excitatory effects

in the rabbit IMG (Fig.4S). The slow depolarization was associated with

intense neuronal discharge and change (mostly reduction) of membrane Rin.

However the functional significance of this peptide action remain to be

established. In all experiments in which colon distension was done the

observations of extensive cholinergic input to ING neurons was very rare (in

contrast to guinea pig). In addition colon distension effected frequent

slow hyperpolarization instead of slow depolarization (observed in guinea

pig). This slow hyperpolarization mimics that effect by adenosine ora,S

methylene ATP.

3.5.4 Stability of CCKSNS Over Time

3.5.4.1 . In the Pipette. To establish a valid relationship between

the molecular form of CCK and its observed action, the stability of CCKSNS,

the form used throughout the experiments, was monitored over time. The

longest time consumed in many experimental assays of CCKSNS was 8 hrs;

therefore, samples were taken for stability analyses over this time. CCKSNS

was stable as monitored by HPLC. Thus, the concentration of the peptide

Page 229: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 47. ganglia.

Different responses to a., e methylene ATP in two different

The compound applied by pressure ejection evokes initial slow depolarization followed by a long slow hyperpolarization in a neuron of rabbit IMG (A). However, the compound triggers only immediate slow depolarizat ion in a neuron of guinea pig IMG (B).

Page 230: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A. RABBIT IMG NEURON

B. GUINEA PIG IMG NEURON

t

JtO mY 15 •• c

Fig. 47. Different responses to a,S methylene ATP in two different ganglia.

160

Page 231: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 48. Action of some peptides on neurons of rabbit IMG.

InA, B, and C, CCK8 , substance P and VIP applied by pressure ejection (arrows) respectively, increase neuronal excitability. Note the rapid onset of the slow depolarization, the concommitant neural discharge, and changes in input resistance.

Page 232: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

161

A. CCK(26-33) NONSULFATED

B. SUBSTANce p J'O mV 15 lec

I I

C. VIP

Fig. 48. Action of some peptides on neurons of rabbit IMG.

Page 233: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 49. Amino acid sequences of porcine cholecystokinin (CCK39)' porcine gastrin (GIn and the decapeptide, caerulein, obtained from the skin of amphibian species.

The arrows indicate the possible sites of action of endopeptidases needed to convert CCK39 to CCK33 and to CCKS (the sequence of the latter is shown enclosed in the box). R indicates sulfate group on the tyrosine.

Page 234: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

CCK 39 I

Tyr-lie-Gln-Gln-Ala-Arg-Lys-Ala-Pr'o-Ser-Gly-Arg-Val-Ser-

Met-Ile-Lys-Asn-Leu-Gln-Ser-Leu-Asp-Pro-Ser-His-Arg-

R I

lIe-Ser-Asp-ArgtAs p-Tyr-Met-Gly-Trp-Met-Asp-Phe-NH2 I. .

G 17 Glp-Gly-Pro-Trp-Met-Glu-Glu-Glu-Glu-

Caerulein

R or H I

Glu-Ala-Tyr-Gly-Trp-Met-Asp-Phe-NH 2

R I

Glp-Gln-Tyr-Thr-Gly-Trp-Met-Asp-Phe-NH2 ~ Fig. 49. Amino acid sequences of porcine cholecystokinin (CCK39), porcine gastrin(G17) and the decapep- ~

tide, caerulein, obtained from the skin of amphibian species.

Page 235: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Substance KO His-Lys-Thr-Asp-Ser-Phe-Val-Gly-Leu-Met-NH2

Substance· P Arg-Pro-Lys-Pro-Gln-Gln-Phe-Phe-Gly-Leu-Met-NH2

VIP His-Ser-Asp-Ala-Val-Phe-Thr-Asp-Asn-Tyr-Thr-Arg-

Fig. 50.

Leu-Arg-Lys-Gln-Met-Ala-Val-Lys-Lys-Tyr-Leu-Asn­

Ser-lie-Leu-Asn-NH 2 Amino acid sequences substance K, substance P, and VIP.

I-' (J\ Vol

Page 236: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

inside the pipette at zero time was equal to the concentration of it S hr later

(Fig 51). The chromatogram is, in essence, confirmation of both the purity and

stability of CCKSNS over the time inside the pipette. Also the analysis

showed no implication of an absorbed quantity of the peptide on pipette glass.

Indeed, there was not any decremental response recorded from the same cell

when using the peptide-filled pipette over a long period of time. The same

results were obtained from other pipette with different tip diameter and

shank length. It is important to realize that the concentration of CCKSNS

was measured inside the pipette over a period of time during which the pipette

tip was immersed in the fluid of the bath. Therefore, the monitored

stability of CCKSNS over the time reveals no detectable dilution factor or

dilution rate due to the capillary phenomenon. In addition, there was no

molecular decomposition, rearrangement, or oxidation. Based on this

observations, one can state with confidence that the actions of CCK studied

represented truely the action of CCKSNS.

3.5.4.2 In ~ Superfusate. The fate of superfused CCKSNS on

guinea pig IMG was also monitored over 10 min period of time which was usually

consumed during superfusion experiments. Surprisingly, prior to

superfusion of CCKSNS, some amount of the peptide appeared on the

chromatogram (Fig. S) with the same retension time of CCKSNS. There was no

reason to believe that this amount was an artifact or a contamination of the

bath with CCKSNS. Also, there was no reason to exclude the possibility that

this quantity of peptide on the chromatogram represents basal ganglionic

release of CCKSNS or a related peptide. The results were quite different 10

min after superfusion of CCKSNS in that 5 different metabolites appeared as

fragments with different retention times (Fig. 52) on the chromatogram.

Page 237: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 51. microejection.

Stability of CCKaNS inside the pipette of pressure

The pipette was filled with CCKaNS (10-~). Samples taken from the pipette were subjected to HPLC analysis. These are the two chromatograms of the analyzed samples at zero time (A) and after a hrs (B). Note that the two peaks for CCKaNS have equal retention time (58 min). Note also that the area under CCKaNS peak (in chromatogram B), is hal f that under CCKaNS peak (in chromatogram A). However, since the volume of the injected a hr-sample (50 jll) was half that of the injected zero time-sample (100 jll), CCKaNS concentration is the same in both samples.

Page 238: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

165

A. At Zero Time

(J)

z .01 co

~ (,)

~ (,)

(J

c: co

.,Q .. 0 CIt .a <

15 30 45 60

Time (minute.)

B. After 8 Hours

.01

15 30 45 60

Time (minutes)

Fig. 51. Stability of CCKaNS inside the pipette of pressure microejection.

Page 239: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 52. Fate of superfused CCKSNS in the bathing medium.

CCKaNS was super fused (at concentration of 15 JlM) over the IHG preparation. Samples were taken, from the bathing medium to the ganglion, and subjected to HPLC analysis. The two chromatograms of the analyzed samples before (A) and 10 min after (B) superfusion. Note, there is a small peak (A) having equal retention time to CCKSNS, which may indicate ganglionic release of CCK­related peptide. Note, also that 10 min after the superfusion (B) caused the appearance of several peaks representing the degradation fragments or metabolites of CCKSNS (m-1, m-2, m-3, m-4 and m-5), which indicates that the ganglion may possess metabolizing machinery.

Page 240: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

A. Before Superfusi on (Control)

.01

• CJ c: til .a .. o GIl .a <

B. After

.01

• CJ c: til .a .. 0 GIl .a <

Fig. 52.

15 30 45

Time (ml nutes)

Superfusion (10 min)

tJ)

C\I z I co e ~

I (J (J

,.. I e I

15 30 45

Time (minutes)

Fate of superfused CCKSNS in the bathing medium.

tJ)

z co ~ (J (J

I

166

60

60

Page 241: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

167

Furthermore, there was parallel reduction in the peak of the parent compound

(CCKaNS). Identity of fragments were not pursued further, however, they

were of lower molecular weights than the parent compound. Whether CCK30- 33

is included or not among these metabolites remains to be confirmed. The

appearance of fragments in the superfusate was time-dependent.

3.5.4.3 Kinetics ~ Superfusion. It was important to determine

the time after which the superfused peptide (CCKSNS) reaches equilibrium with

the medium bathing the IMG preparation by means of HPLC. Despite constant

perfusion of the peptide, the time to equlibrium varied from trial to trial.

However, in all cases equilibrium could not be reached earlier than 10 min

following the start of superfusion. Note that 3 min out of this 10 min period

should be subtracted because of the inherent dead space between the reservior

of the superfused peptide to the recording chamber of the bath. The

equilibrium was attained following first order kinetics as shown in Fig. 53 of

a representative case. Furthermore, there are two opposing processes

operating to achieve the equilibrium. The accumulation process and the

degradation process. The latter process has been studied during 10 min

period and eluded to in the previous section. Cells could be affected

differently before equilibrium depending upon the geometry of the bath and

the ratio of the metabolites to the parent compound (CCKaNS). The first

affected cells can be expected to undergo desensitization before the later

affected cells. In addition, there were unaffected cells (vide supra) or

failure responses because of the different difusion patterns across the bath

resulting in an unhomogeneous treatment of CCKSNS.

Page 242: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 53. Relationship between the time of peptide superfusion and the concentration in the recording chamber.

HPLC analysis revealed the gradual accumulation of superfused CCKSNS in the bath to reach equilibrium concentration at 10 min in this particular trial.

Page 243: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

168

55

-e ...... 45 as :::z. -

35 c 0 -as ... 25 -c Q» (J

C 0

15 (J

5

5 10 15

Time (minutes)

Fig. 53. Relationship between the time of peptide superfusion and the concentration in the recording chamber.

Page 244: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

4 DISCUSSION

4.1. Cholecystokinin in Guinea Pig ~~ Transmitter Criteria

The neuronal localization of CCK in both central and peripheral

pathways substantially altered the direction of research on this peptide, now

directed towards determining if CCK might be a neurotransmitter. If CCK is

to be considered as a neurotransmitter, it should fulfill the following

criteria; (a) localization and synthesis in neurons and concentration in the

presynaptic terminals; (b) release by stimulation of the presynaptic nerve

endings; (c) application should show the same characteristics and

pharmacology as stimulation of the presynaptic pathway. Additional

criteria might be included, such as the demonstration of neuronal receptors

and the existence of a mechanism for transmitter inactivation. These

criteria have developed over years of debate. However, the debate has not

ended yet. If these criteria have been successfully used in evaluating

monoamine transmitters, not all of them are required to be fulfilled in

designating a peptide as a neurotransmitter (see Introduction).

Nonetheless, all these criteria have been fulfilled by CCK as a

neurotransmitter in the central nervous system. It is not known if CCK has a

neurotransmitter role in the periphery or in the sympathetic prevertebral

ganglia. CCK has been localized in pathways arising from the intramural

ganglia of the colon and impinging onto neurons in the IMG of guinea pig.

169

Page 245: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

170

Possible correlation between this anatomical localization of CCK with any

physiological function of CCK in the IMG has not been investigated. The

argument against that CCK which has been known as a peripheral hormone could

have also a peripheral neurotransmitter role is not convincing. For a

substance .to be a neurohormone and a neurotransmitter is not unprecedent.

For instance, epinephrine is recognized as a neurotransmitter while it has

long been known as a hormone.

Most of the criteria were fulfilled by CCK, when evaluating the

transmitter role of the peptide in the guinea pig IMG. Historically, CCK has

been localized in neurons with cell bodies residing in the colon wall and

projecting with terminals in the IMG. A very dense network of CCK-positive

fibers is seen in the unoperated animals and with the colonic nerve supply

intact (Dalsgaard ~.!L.., 1983). Even though synthesis and axonal transport

of CCK has not been established in this ganglion-coloQ pathway, ligation

studies reflect the continual synthesis of CCK in this pathway. Ligation of

the colonic nerves results in an accumulation of CCK distal to the ligation.

Also ligation of the lumbar splanchnic nerves results in accumulation of CCK

in the proximal segment (Dalsgaard ~~, 19~3). CCK-related peptides

applied by pressure ejection caused slow noncholinergic depolarization that

mimics the slow depolarization induced either by colon distension or by

presynaptic repetitive stimulation. A pharmacological receptor specific

for CCK can be deduced from the dose-response relationships of some CCK­

related peptides. The receptor is specific for CCK action and it does not

respond either to VIP or to SP. Like any neurotransmitter, CCK-induced slow

depolarization is potential-dependent with definite null potential. CCK

has been shown by the present studies to affect both sodium and potassium

Page 246: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

171

conductances like SP (Dun & Minota, 1981). CCK induces changes in Rin

similar to those observed with SP. The peptide also induces desensitization

to the response elicited either by nerve stimulation or by colon distension.

Like SP, CCK acts directly on the postsynaptic membrane. All these

observations strongly support the hypothesis that CCK is a neurotransmitter

that mediates reflex activity involving colon and IMG.

4.2 CCK-Mediated Excitation

By recording intracellularly from neurons of guinea pig IMG in vitro,

I have been able to demonstrate in the present research, that CCK8 or any of

its related peptides produces a dose-dependent, reversible, slow

noncholinergic depolarization associated either with an increase, a

decrease, or no change in membrane Rin. The onset of action of CCK-related

peptide was brisk and accompanied with enhanced synaptic activity and intense

neuronal discharge. In the view of this rapid onset of action with only a few

pmoles of CCK8 , the term "slowly act~ng neurotransmitter" might be an

oversimplification in designating CCK8 • Nonetheless, the depolarization

elicited by the fast acting CCK8 is long lasting (see Table 2). The

observation that CCK8 causes reversible depolarization in the neurons of

guinea pig IMG accompanied by marked increases in excitability is in

agreement with the data obtained by extracellular techniques in both the frog

and rat spinal cord (Phillis & Kirkpatrick, 1979; Jeftinija et al., 1981), the ---hypothalamus and cortex (Phillis & Kirkpatrick, 1980; Chiodo & Bunney, 1983;

Lamour ~ al., 1983), the ventral tegmental area (Skirboll ~ al., 1981), the

caudal trigeminal nucleus (Salt & Hill, 1982), and the nucleus accumbens

Page 247: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

172

(White & Wang, 1984) as well as in studies with intracellular electrodes in

cultured spinal neurons (Rogawski, 1982), neurons of the dentate gyrus of

rats (Brooks & Kelly, 1985) and CAl neuron of the hippocampus (Dodd & Kelly,

1981) and in striking contrast to the presence of an inhibitory action in the

nucleus tractus solitarius reported by Morin ~ al. (1983).

The depolarizing action of CCK-related peptide on neurons of guinea

pig IMG is similar in many ways to the actions of other peptides including

substance P (Dun lie Minota, 1981) and arginine vasopressin (Peters and

Kreulen, 1985). Other potent excitants to neurons of the guinea pig IMG

shown in the present studies include VIP and substance K. Although the

striking similarity of the latency, rise time, duration, and offset of the

responses evoked by CCK8 and these other unrelated peptides need not be the

result of either an action at a common receptor or, indeed, a common ionic

mechanism, it may be regarded as suggestive evidence for the presence of a

high density of receptors for CCK8 and the other peptides on the soma and

dendrites of the neurons of the IMG. The presence of distinct receptor sites

for substance P and CCK8 was evident from the present experiments utilizing

spantide as SP antagonist. Furthermore, it was proven that there was no

cross desensitization between CCK8 and SP or VIP. Thus, repeated

applications of SP or VIP did not lead to a declining response to CCK8 • In the

meantime, CCK8 induced desensitization to its response upon the second

immediate application. CCKa tachyphylaxis has been reported by Dodd and

Kelly (1981) and Rogawski (1982). As with other peptides repeated

application of CCK-related peptides caused a desensitization or

tachyphylaxis to their depolarizing effects. Similar tachyphylaxis has

been described for substance P (Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Peters & Kreulen, 1984)

Page 248: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

173

and arginine vasopressin (Peters & Kreulen, 19a5).

4.3 Sensitivities ~ the IMG neurons .!2. CCKa

CCKa was not excitatory to all neurons tested in the IMG. Some (10%)

neurons did not respond to the peptide. Even among the respons ive neurons,

the action of CCKa was not uniform. Although CCKS induced slow

noncholinergic depolarization in the latter neurons, the properties of the

depolarizations varied among these neurons. Beside the different changes in

membrane Rin , there was different changes in the excitability. In this

respect, some (16%) neurons showed slow depolarization without changes in Rin

and excitability. In addition, these cells did not show changes in the

amplitude of CCKS-induced depolarization with changing membrane potential.

Nonetheless, the cells exhibited a null potential at -90 mV. Since these

cells did not show any synaptic activity, they were considered inexcitable or

glial cells. Statistical analysis did not include the inexcitable cells

when estimating the EDSO values. The action of CCKS on these cells was also

considered nonspecific. On the other hand the majority of the responsive

cells (64%) showed moderate excitability; they demonstrated dose-dependent

depolarization associated with moderate synaptic activity, several

superimposed action potentials, and changes (decrease or increase) in Rin'

Since the cells have both passive and active properties which are known for

the principal ganglion cells, they were the chief source of data utilized in

various statistical analysis. Finally, the remaining (10%) were very

sensitive to exogeneously applied CCKa • Their depolarization was

associated with intense neuronal discharge that lasted for the entire

Page 249: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

174

duration of the depolarization. The superimposed spikes concealed changes

in Rin as shown in Fig. 7.

4.4 ..£9!. Receptor Sites in the ~

In the gastrointestinal tract, CCK activity requires the presence of

the sulfated tyrosine residue. In this study both sulfated and nonsulfated

CCK8 had similar depolarizing actions on the ganglionic neurons; in addition,

CCK30- 33 and CCK27- 33 which do not contain the sulfated tyrosine residue also

had potent excitatory actions. This is in contrast to the characteristics of

CCK binding in pancreatic acinar cells (Jensen.!:! a1., 1980; Innis & Snyder,

1980) and suggests that the ganglionic receptor resembles the brain receptor

and the receptor for CCK that serves the endocrine function of the pancreas

(Innes and Snyder, 1980; Saito ~ a1., 1981), which interact with all forms of

CCK including the nonsulfated as well as gastrin I (human) and pentagastrin.

In addition, the inability of BU2cGMP to specifically antagonize CCK as it

does on p~ncreatic acinar cells further enhances the similarity between

ganglionic and brain receptor. The excitatory actions of CCK-related

peptides on hippocampal neurons follow the same general pattern as the brain

binding. CCK30- 33 is bound with almost the same potency as CCK8S to CCK

receptor in the brain, even when l25I-CCK33 is used as a radio ligand (Saito ~

al.,1980). However, CCK8NS in the hippocampus was inactive (Dodd & Kelly,

1981) even though CCK30- 33 had potent excitatory action (Dodd & Kelly, 1981).

Despite the lack of an autoradiographic proof for the existence of a

pharmacological receptor for CCK in the IMG, features for such a receptor was

revealed by studying the dose-response relationships. These relationships

Page 250: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

175

reflected saturabi1ity, and sigmoidicity. In this regard, the ED50 values

of both CCKSNS and CCK30- 33 were closely similar, and although twofold higher

than that of CCKSS, all these forms produced equal maximum amplitude of

depolarization. Moreover, gastrin (human), caerulein, CCK30- 33 , CCK27- 33

also produced dose-dependent· slow depolarization with similar maximum

responses. They desensitized the response to CCKS• All these observations

suggest a common receptor for CCKS-related peptide. Equally important, is

that these related peptides share the C-terminal tetrapeptide sequence in

their structure, which suggests that CCK30- 33 contains the structural

component necessary for CCK activity at this receptor. The lower potency of

CCKSS is not due to its instability since, among all the forms of CCK, CCK30- 33

has the shortest half life (Deschodt-Lanckman ~ al., 19S1).

Desensitization induced by peptide transmitter may reveal the

existence of the peptide receptor site. As with other peptides, repeated

application of CCK-related peptides caused a desensitization or

tachyphylaxis to their depolarizing effects. Similar tachyphylaxis has

been described for substance P (Dun & Karczman, 1979; Peters & Kreulen, 19S4)

and arginine vasopressin (Peters & Kreulen, 19S5).

4.5 Cholecystokinin-Related Peptides

Equally important, most authors have considered CCKSNS as

biologically inactive in brain and spinal cord. However the molecule proved

to be active in situations where CCKSS was inactive (Kadar ~~, 1984).

Morever, it certainly proved to be more potent in a sympathetic prevertebral

Page 251: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

176

ganglion, IMG. After all, another nonsulfated form, CCK30- 33 , proved to be

active in both the brain and in the endocrine cells of the pancreas (Rehfeld~

al., 1980).

All molecular forms of CCK (CCK8 , CCK30- 33 and CCK27- 33 ) proved

excitatory on neurons in guinea pig IMG. However, the relevant questions to

the present studies is that does every form have a separate receptor site?

There is no reason to rule out the possibility that there is a different

receptor site for each molecular form of CCK. However, CCK30- 33 or CCK8 may

also act on the same receptor site. This last conclusion, however .. may not be

drawn from the similarity in the efficacy, ED50 value, and the slope of the

dose response curve for each peptide. It could also be suggested that the

ultimate active molecular form of CCK in the synaptic cleft is CCK30- 33 •

Other CCK-related peptides were also excitatory. Caerulein and

gastrin 1 (human) are CCK-structurally related (See Fig. 53 for their

chemical formulae). Caerulein is a decapeptide with structure and

biological activities that are quite similar to CCK8 (Dockray, 1979).

Consequently, findings of similar excitatory action to those of CCKS on the

IMG neuron were to be expected. Caerulein has been tested on myenteric

neurons from guinea pig ileum in vitro (Nemeth ~ al., 1985). The present

data on the action of CCKS are in agreement with data of Nemeth~ al. (1985).

When applied by microejection or in the superfusion solution, caerulein

evokes excitatory responses that are qualitatively the same as the excitatory

responses to CCKS (Nemeth ~~, 19S5). The close degree of sequence

homology between the C-terminal segment of CCKS and gastrin 1 (human) are well

known and suggests that both peptides might have similar action on the IMG

neurons. Gastrin 1 (human), however, has not been tried on ganglion neurons.

Page 252: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

177

However, pentagastrin has been shown to evoke contractile responses when

applied to the longitudinal muscle myenteric plexus preparation of guinea pig

ileum (Vizi ~ ale , 1974). An earlier report on extracellular

electrophysiological studies of the myenteric plexus of guinea pig small

intestine described on excitatory action of pentagastrin and caerulein (Sato

~.!!..:., 1973). However, Nemeth ~ a1. (1985) have an inconsistent result in

that pentagastrin was inactive.

4.6 Mechanism ~ CCK8 Action

In the present experiments, CCK8NS applied by pressure ejection

produced mixed changes in Rin of neurons in the guinea pig L'1G. The peptide

action was associated with a decrease in Rin in the majority of the neurons

(60%). The decrease in Rin is in agreement with the data obtained from the

pyramidal neurons of the mammalian hippocampus by Dodd and Kelly (1981) using

pressure-ejected CCK8S. Willetts ~ ale (1985) who reported that the

peptide increased Rin in 60% of cells tested, reported also that the CCK­

evoked depolarization recorded in a TTX-containing solution was associated

with a decrease in Rin.

The particular ionic conductances underlying the depolarization

induced by CCK-related peptides appears to be complex. In particular, cells

depolarized with either increases in input resistance, decreases in input

resistance or no change. In addition, some cells showed an initial decrease

during the peak of depolarization followed by an increase in input resistance

as the cell depolarized. Mixed changes in input resistance have also been

reported for depolarization produced by substance P on neurons in the IMG of

Page 253: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

178

guinea pig (Konishi ~ al.. 1979; Dun lie Minota, 1981; Jiang lie Dun, 1981). In

60% of cells that underwent a reduction in Rin upon treatment with CCK8NS, the

amplitude of the depolarization showed incremental response upon

hyperpolarization. The extrapolated null potential for the CCK-induced

response (-36.3 .!. 9.3 mV) was more positive than the resting membrane

potential. The fact that the CCK null potential was more positive than the

resting membrane potential or K+ equilibrium potential suggests that, in

addition to a decrease in Gk , CCK8NS may have increased a cation conductances

such as GNa and GCa ' The ratio of the changes in these three conductances

will ultimately determine the change of membrane resistance. These findings

obtained in this group of neurons are in agreement with the data obtained in

CAI pyramidal neuron (Dodd lie Kelly, 1981) which suggested that application of

CCK results in a change in membrane permeability to one or more ions which have

a net equilibrium potential closer to zero than the resting membrane

potential. The value of the null potential obtained in the present study is

very close to that reported by Dodd and Kelly for CCK (1981, -41 mV) and by Dun

lie Jiang 0982, -34 mV). In addition, Petersen and Philpott (979) reported a

null potential between -10 and -15 mV for the action of caeru1ein, a CCK-1ike

peptide, on pancreatic acinar cells. CCK activation of single channel

currents mediated by an internal messenger (Ca2+) in pancreatic acinar cells

has been demonstrated (Marayama lie Petersen, 1982).

The present studies have shown that in those neurons that

consistently increased in resistance, the amplitude of the CCK-induced

depolarization decreased with hyperpolarization of the membrane and the

calculated reversal potential (-103 mV) was close to K-equilibrium

potential; conversely, in those neurons that consistently decreased in

Page 254: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

179

resistance during the CCK-induced depolarization the null potential (-36 mY)

was much less than the K-equilibrium potential and was depolarized compared

to the resting membrane potential. The null potential of this latter group

is similar to that reported by Jiang and Dun (1981) for a subgroup of slow

depolarizations elicited with repetitive nerve stimulation. An additional

similarity to both the substance P depolarization and the slow depolarization

evoked by stimulation is partial depression of the amplitude with reduction

of extracellular sodium lJiang & Dun, 19S1; Dun & Minota, 1981). The partial

dependence of CCK8NS-evoked slow depolarization on GNa was confirmed in the

present studies utilizing TTX and reduction of [Na+]o' The observation has

also been reported, in agreement of the present results, by Willetts ~ al.

(1985). These authors reported that the level and duration of CCKS-induced

slow depolarization was substantially reduced in a medium containing TTX.

The dependence of the CCK8NS-induced slow depolarization on potassium

conductance was also established by the present studies. In agreement with

the multiple conductance changes is the observation that CCKS increased the

amplitude of the action potential and reduced the amplitude of the after

hyperpolarization. These findings are consistent with multiple conductance

changes underlying the depolarization and such a mechanism has been proposed

for substance P depolarization (Dun & Minota, 1981; Jiang & Dun, 19S1).

Similar studies to characterize slow potentials have been done extensively on

paravertebral sympathetic ganglia of the amphibian nervous tissues (Adams &

Brown, 1980) or the mammalian prevertebral ganglia of the guinea pig (Neild,

1978; Dun, 1980; Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Dun & Jiang, 1982).

Page 255: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

180

4.7 Sites(s) of CCKS Action (Presynaptic and Postsynaptic)

A relevant question to be asked in relation to the present data is

whether membrane depo1arizat ion and the associated change in neuronal Rin is

the likely postsynaptic mechanism of intiation of firing in the neurons of

guinea pig IMG. The persistence of the slow depolarization produced in these

neurons by CCKS in a medium of low Ca2+ /high Mg2+ is indicative to the direct

action of CCK8 on the postsynaptic membrane and not to its presynaptic action

that may cause the release of some transmitter{ s). In so doing, CCK8

produces its effect in a way similar to the direct action of SP and arginine

vasopressin on neurons of guinea pig IMG (Dun & Minota, 1981; Peters and

Kreu1en, 1985). In this regard, the depolarizing response evoked by CCKa is

independent of synaptic activity and unlikely to involve either

disinhibition of presynaptic receptors involved in the release of excitatory

transmitters from adjacent nerve terminals. CCKa also modulates the

postsynaptic actions of other neurotransmitters. For instance, in the

present studies CCKS enlarged the amplitude of the cholinergic fast EPSP.

The postsynaptic action of CCK has been documented in other systems such as

neurons of the rat dentate gyrus (Brooks lie Kelly, 1985) and spinal dorsal horn

(Willets ~ aI., 1985).

The observation of a significant reduction in both the amplitude and

duration of the CCK-mediated slow depolarization in neurons of guinea pig IMG

in TTX-containing solutions points to a presynaptic mechanism of action of

CCKa in addition to its postsynaptic action. In this regard, TTX blocks axon

terminal sodium channels. Thus, both direct and indirect excitatory

Page 256: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

181

mechanisms may account for the initiation of firing of IMG neurons observed in

vitro during pressure ejection of CCKS on the neurons. This suggestion of

the present studies is further supported by a similar finding in the neurons

of rat dorsal horn (Willetts ~ a1., 19S5) and by the finding of potent direct

depolarization actions of CCKS on dorsal root terminals and motoneurons of

the isolated toad spinal cord (Phillis & Kirkpatrick, 1979). Alternatively,

it is possible that GNa may have contributed to the depolarizing phase of the

CCKS response, either through its mediation of synaptic transmission or

through the direct effect as a charge carrier for inward current. The

present studies have also provided evidence for the additional presynaptic

action of CCKS• This evidence is revealed by the observation that CCKS

treatment on neurons of IMG caused an increase in the frequency of the fast­

EPSP which is indicative to the release of ACh from nerve terminals. This

last observation has been documented in the myenteric plexus (Yau~ al.,

1974; see also next section).

4.8 Acetylcholine Release

Recent evidence strongly favors the possibility that CCK-related

peptides can act on nerves causing their terminal to release the transmitter

ACh. It has been shown by Del Tacca~ a1. (970) that caerulein is capable of

enhancing the release of ACh induced by electrical stimulation of the guinea

pig ileum or vagal stimulation of the guinea pig stomach. More recently,

Vizi ~ a1. (972) have shown that in higher peptide concentration, caerulein

as well as CCKS and pentagastrin can initiate the release of ACh from the

guinea pig ileum. TTX abolishes this release (Yau ~.!h, 1974) confirming

Page 257: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

182

the conclusion (Paton & Zar, 1968) that, in the ileum, ACh is derived solely

from presynaptic neural elements. The effect could result, however, from

the participation of ACh mainly as a synergist of the peptide action on smooth

muscle fibers. In other words the peptide acts directly on the postsynaptic

cells, but the magnitude of the response depends on intact neuronal pathways.

It is also possible that both mechanisms of CCK action presynaptically

releasing ACh and postsynaptically acting in synergism with ACh, exist and

interplay to express the full effect of the peptide. In studying the action

of CCK and related peptides on guinea pig small intestine, Yau ~ a1. (1974)

have concluded that the effect of these peptides on ileal muscle is largely

mediated by cholinergic mechanism. It could not be ascertained, however,

whether the effect resulted solely from release of ACh by nerve endings or

from the synergistic action of both ACh and CCK on smooth muscle fiber.

The present data showed that CCK8 increased the frequency (300%) and

amplitude (200%) of continuous fast nicotinic EPSP evoked by contractions of

the colon. Even without the colon being attached (absence of cholinergic

input), application of CCK evoked similar increase in both the frequency and

amplitude of the fast synaptic potentials. The increase in frequency is

indicative of a presynaptic effect while the increase in amplitude reveals a

postsynaptic effect.

4.9 ~ of Inhibition.2! CCKa Action .E1. Peripheral CCK Antagonists

None of the peripheral CCK antagonists blocked or even depressed the

action of CCKa on neurons of guinea pig IMG. A similar lack of effects

demonstrated in failure of competition between proglumide for CCK binding

Page 258: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

183

sites in cerebral cortex of the mice has been reached by Clark ~ ale (1985).

These authors confirmed the lack of competition between benzotript or

proglumide, both are reputed peripheral CCK receptor antagonists and CCK­

related ligands for central CCK binding sites. The apparent effect of

Bu2cGMP on the slow depolarization stimulated by CCK8 in the present studies

should be cautiously considered. BU2cGMP has a rapid depres~ing action on

the cholinergic transmission. In the present studies, it had blocked the

cholinergic fast EPSP's before it depressed the response to CCK8 • The

nonspecific action of the BU2cGMP was further confirmed in these studies by

the very long recovery period needed for the neuron to respond to CCK8 in a way

similar to prior exposure to BU2 cGMP. The lack of antagonistic actions of

these compounds to the CCK8-induced slow depolarization in neurons of guinea

pig IMG might be a further support, however, to the implication of the present

finding. CCK'Receptor in IMG resemble brain receptor in recognizing all

forms of CCK. In this contention, these results highlight a difference in

specificity between the central nervous system and peripheral CCK receptors.

Clearly, the efficacy of these antagonists as ganglionically acting receptor

antagonists is open to question and in need of future study.

Proglumide, the glutaramic acid derivative which has been used in the

treatment of peptic ulcers in Europe (Weiss, 1979), has been described as an

antagonist for CCK receptors in the pancreas (Hahne ~ a1., 1981) and brain

(Chiodo & Bunney, 1983). Chiodo and Bunney (1983) reported a selective

blockade of CCK8-induced excitation of rat midbrain dopaminergic neurons and

dopamine-sensitive cells in the prefrontal cortex, suggesting that this drug

may be valuable for studying the possible role of CCK as a neurotransmitter or

neuromodulator in the central nervous system. However, Willetts ~ a1.

Page 259: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

184

(19a5), found that proglumide reduced or abolished the depolarizing response

of several dorsal horn cells to bath administration of CCKa , yet frequently

exhibited CCK-like excitatory effects when used in concentrations which were

effective in blocking CCK-induced actions. In this context, it is

interesting that proglumide does not inhibit specific [3H] pentagastrin

binding to rat striatum sections (Gaudreau ~ a1., 1983). CCK30- 33 , CCKaS

and CCKaNS inhibit the binding. This observation suggests that the

antagonistic effect of proglumide in rat brain might be exerted through some

other mechanism than its binding to CCK receptors. Because of this lack of

specificity of antagonistic action of proglumide, a detailed pharmacology of

the interactions of CCK with its receptors has yet to be carried out with other

more specific CCK receptor antagonists.

Due to the lack of specific CCKa antagonists, it was a reasonable

rationale to utilize the phenomenon of desensitization. With this rationale

it was possible to establish a relationship between exogeneously applied CCKa

and endogeneously implemented transmitter. Host neuroactive peptides

induce tachyphylaxis to the responses they produce. If CCK8 or one of its

related peptides acts as a neurotransmitter mediating the slow

depolarization induced either by colon distension or by presynaptic

repetitive stimulation of lumbar colonic nerves, exogeneously applied CCKa

will desensitize the slow depolarization. Alternatively, if CCKS applied by

pressure ejection desensitizes the response produced in a neuron of the IMG

either by colon distension or by presynaptic repetitive stimulation, CCKa or

one of its related peptide may very well be the neurotransmitter mediating

this response. As the present data revealed, CCKS applied by pressure

ejection or by superfusion induced tachyphylaxis of neuronal response to its

Page 260: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

lS5

effect. Desensitization occurred after repeated applications of CCKS

without allowing enough time (>5 min) between applications. Hence, if two

substances can activate the same receptor, they are most likely to be

structurally related, if not identical. If the two substances are not

structurally related, cross desensitization studies must be conducted before

any conclusion can be taken about the nature of the endogeneous transmitter.

4.10 Imitation ~ Other ~ Depolarizations

Slow depolarization can be elicited in neurons of guinea pig IMG by

various stimulators. There are three main stimulators: exogeneous

application of SP or CCKS' presynaptic repetitive stimulation, and colon

distension. Irrespective to the stimulator, the three produced slow

depolarization sharing common features. Due to these common features,

they may be generated by a common transmitter or different transmitters may

produce similar effects. First, they have comparable amplitude and time

course. Second, they enhance the excitability of the neuron. Third, all

the three slow depolarizations are associated with mixed changes in Rin; they

produce increase, decrease, or no change in Rin. Fourth, these three slow

depolarizations share the distinctive feature of being noncholinergic.

Fifth, they induce tachyphylaxis to one another, if their stimulators

repeatedly continued to elicit them. Sixth, the amplitude of any slow

depolarization is potential dependent and is nullified at a similar null

potential. In this respect, the majority of neurons displayed incremental

repetitive stimulation-induced response with increasing conditioning

hyperpolarization. Few neurons exhibited biphasic response (decrease then

Page 261: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

186

increase in amplitude) under conditioning hyperpolarization. The former

group has an average equilibrium potential of -39.:!:. 7 mV (Dun & Jiang, 1982).

In parallel, the amplitude of distension-induced noncholinergic

depolarizations increased with conditioning hyperpolarization to -80 mV

where upon further hyperpolarization resulted in a decrease in the amplitude

of the response (Kreulen & Peters, 1986). Also agreeable to these results

are the present data obtained with CCK8 • In those cells in which the Rin

decreased during depolarization (59% of cells tested) the amplitude of CCKa

depolarization increased with incremental hyperpolarization. The null

potential for this group was -36.3 .:!:. 9.3 mV. However, many neurons in this

group showed gradual decremental response with increasing conditioning

hyperpolarizat ion above -100 mV. Seventh, CCK8 - , co Ion dis tens ion - and,

stimulation-induced slow depolarizations exhibited larger amplitudes with

increasing the dose, intraluminal pressure and stimulus intensity,

respectively. There was direct proportionality between the amplitude of the

response and the frequency of stimulation. A maximum noncholinergic

depolarization was elicited by a 30 Hz stimulus applied for 5 s; the

depolarization became progressively smaller at higher frequencies (Dun &

Jaing, 1982). The amplitude of noncholinergic depolarizations increased

with colonic intraluminal pressure between 2 and 20 cm H20, although the slope

of the mean amplitude-pressure curve decreased progressively at higher

pressures (Kreulen & Peters, 1986). Thus, CCK8-induced slow depolarization

mimics many features of other slow depolarizations induced by other stimuli

(colon distension or electrical stimulation) in neurons of guinea pig IMG.

Page 262: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

187

4.11 CCK ~ Colon Distension Response

Slow depolarizations produced by colon distension were observed

previously by Weems and Szurszewski (1978), accompanied by asynchronous fast

EPSP' s. However, these authors did not determine the noncholinergic nature

of the slow depolarizations but rather suggested that they arose due to

summation of fast EPSPs. Kreulen and Peters (1986) have demonstrated the

existence of a noncholinergic mechanosensory pathways from the distal colon

to the IMG in guinea pigs. This afferent pathway, which travels along the

lumbar colonic nerve, is responsive to changes in colonic intraluminal

pressure. Activation of these afferents by distension of the colon produces

in a population of IMG neurons slow depolarizations that are resistant to

cholinergic blockers. The depolarizations were synaptic responses and not a

mechanical artifact of distension because they were abolished in the presence

of TTX (in the colon compartment) or, as the present results demonstrated, in

a medium of high Ca2+ flow Mg2+. The cholinergic mechanosensory pathway from

the distal colon was previously suggested to arise from mechanoreceptor

neurons originating in the wall of the colon (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971a;

Szurszewski & Weems, 1970; Weems & Szyrszewski, 1977). The processes of

these afferents terminate on a population of principal sympathetic neurons in

the IMG (King & Szurszewski, 1984a). Kreulen and Peters indicated that many

IMG cells are innervated by both noncholinergic and cholinergic

mechanosensory pathways. The proportion of each pathway varied from neuron

to neuron in the IMG. In some cells, however, only noncholinergic

depolarization could be elicited by distension, while in others only

cholinergic EPSP's occurred. Previous estimates of the percentage of IMG

Page 263: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

188

neurons receiving spontaneous cholinergic afferent input from the large

intestine ranged from 79% (Szurszewski & Weems, 1976) to 100% (Crowcroft ~

al., 1971a). The estimate of the percentage of the IMG neurons receiving

noncholinergic afferent input was 36% (Peters & Kreulen, 1986).

In the present studies, CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection

desensitized the neuronal response to colon distension in 46% of cells

tested. It can be deduced from desensitization data that both the

transmitter underlying the slowly developing depolarization produced by

colon distension and CCKSNS occupy the same receptor on these desensitized

neurons of IMG. However, the desensitization might occur to both

cholinergic and nonholinergic components. Regarding the explanation that

might be given for the desensitization of the cholinergic component is that

CCK has been shown to release ACh from myenteric plexus (Yau ~ al., 1974).

In addition, from the present observations, CCKS has been shown to cause

release of ACh as indicated by the big increase in the frequencies of the

miniature synaptic potentials and evoked fast EPSP IS. Continual release of

ACh leads to desensitization of the cholinergic response (Katz & Thesleff,

1957). From the present studies, 36% of cells underwent desensitization to

the peptidergic (noncholinergic response) and 14% underwent desensitization

to both peptidergic and cholinergic responses. Based on these results, CCKS

or one of its related peptide should be a neurotransmitter mediating afferent

signal from the distal colon to neurons in the !MG. In confirmation to

aformentioned results, exogeneously applied CCKS (by pressure ejection)

caused in about equal proportion of cells (50%, 4 of S cells tested)

desensitization of their responses to presynaptic repetitive stimulation of

lumbar colonic nerves. Again, CCKS or one of its related peptides may well be

Page 264: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

lS9

a transmitter mediating this stimulation-elicited response. It is

possible, however, that some other transmitters(s) which are structurally

unrelated simply cross-desensitize the response to the applied CCKS• With

this notion one may think of the peptides in cell bodies residing the

intramural ganglia of the colon and having processes impinging on neurons of

IMG as candidate transmitters, In t~is regard, VIP could be such a peptide

(Da1sgaard ~ a1., 1983). Other peptides in cell-hodies in the colon and

synapsing with neuron of guinea pig IMG includes bombesin, dynorphin, and CCK

(Dalsgaard~ a1., 1983). The preliminary results of the present studies

showed that among all these peptides only CCK and VIP proved excitatory.

Therefore, in order to evaluate the role of only CCK, it is important to

separate the action of CCK from that of the VIP. Also, in order to determine

possible overlapping action of the two peptides, it is important to study

possible interaction of the two peptide at receptor sites. Although SP is

not localized in cell bodies in the colon (Da1sgaard ~ al., 1983) but rather

contained in fibers crossing the IMG with terminals in the colon and cell

bodies in the DRG (Elfvin & Dalsgaard, 1977; Hokfelt ~ a1., 1977; Oalsgaard

~ al., 1982a, 1983), it could be involved in reflex activity between the

colon and IMG neurons. Furthermore, although SP fibers do not terminate in

the IMG, they effect synapse with their axonal collaterals (Baker ~ al.,

1980). In so doing, SP can mediate the colon reflex through both central and

peripheral mechanism. The latter mechanism is known to be involved in the

so-called axon reflex (Hinsey & Gasser, 1930). Accordingly, it was

important to evaluate the action of just CCK by studying the possible

interaction between SP and CCK.

Page 265: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

4.12 Interaction ~ Cholecystokinin ~ Vasoactive

Intestinal Inhibitory Peptide

190

No detailed pharmacology of the interactions of CCK and VIP with

their receptors has yet been carried out. However, some light has been shed

on this point from studies on VIP effects on exocrine pancreas (Christophe &

Robberecht, 1982). An in vivo interplay of CCK hormone and the

neurotransmitter VIP is rendered plausible when one considers their

synergistic action in vitro on rat and guinea pig pancreatic acinar cells.

Indeed, when CCK and VIP are administered in combination (i.e., when a

secretagogue that increase cyclic GMP and another one that increases cyclic

AMP are used together), the resulting hypersecretion of hydrolases from rat

pancreatic fragments and dispersed guinea pig lobules is greater than that

obtained with one secretagogue only (Deschodt-Lanckman ~ a1., 1975; Peikin

.!.Eo a1., 1978). lE,vivo, the combination of VIP with CCK8 or caeru1ein results

in increased bicarbonate and protein secretion (Konturek ~ a1., 1976) from

dog and cat pancreas. These effects are more evident in bicarbonate than on

protein secretion. However, since the IMG differed from the pancreatic

acinar cells in responding to various molecular forms of CCK, interpretations

from the interaction of CCK and VIP on the pancreas should be considered very

cautiously.

VIP is located in cell bodies in the intramural ganglia of the colon

and in intrinsic neurons to the IMG (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983). From the

preliminary experiments of the present studies, VIP proved potent excitant to

a popUlation of IMG neurons. However, its evoked slow depolarization was

frequently preceded by slow hyperpolarization. Nonetheless, it could be

Page 266: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

191

argued that the depolarization is elicited via CCK receptor. The situation

could be resolved using specific VIP and CCK antagonists. Unfortunately,

there is no specific antagonist for these peptides available. Tests for

cross desensitization, as an alternative, may disclose their overlapping or

separate activities. The present data suggested that VIP does not interact

with CCK receptor. Thus, even though the neurons showed desensitized

response for VIP with continual application of large doses, it was still fully

responsive to CCK8 • Indeed, on a large number of occasions the tenth

application of VIP caused CCK response to be enhanced. Therefore, from the

data obtained by examining cross desensitization on neuron of guinea pig IMG,

one can conclude that CCK8 action on the IMG is a specific action without any

overlapping effect of VIP.

4.13 Interaction ~ Cholecystokinin and Substance f

CCK-like iuununoreactivity has been found in peripheral nerves and in

about 10-25% of small type B cells of dorsal root ganglia (Vanderhaegen~

al., 1980; Lundberg ~.!i:.., 1978; Dockray ~ al., 1981; Dalsgaard ~ .!i:..,

1982b). There is evidence for co-existence of CCK- and SP-like

iuununoreactivities in a population of small primary sensory neurons

(Dalsgaard ~ al., 1982b), which explains the similarity of the distribution

of these two peptides in the dorsal horn (Jansco ~ al., 1981). CCK-positive

fiber networks were found to be present at all levels of the spinal cord, but

the superficial laminae of the dorsal horn are particularly rich in CCK-like

immunoreactivity (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979; Loren ~ al. ,1979; Gaudreau ~

al., 1983; Marley ~.!i:.., 1982; Gibson~ al., 1981; Haderdrut ~ al., 1982;

Page 267: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

192

Schultzberg ~~, 1982; Mantyh & Hunt, 1984). Some of these networks

probably originate from small dorsal root cells (Dalsgaard ~~, 1982a;

Hokfelt~al., 1980a). There is also evident for CCK-like immunoreactive

neurons containing SP in the midbrain periaqueducta1 gray (Skirboll ~ a1. ,

1982) and for CCK-positive neurons in the rat medulla oblongata (Mantyh &

Hunt, 1984) that project to the spinal cord.

However, data obtained by radioimmunoassay studies on the

distribution of CCK-1ike immunoreactivity in the rat spinal cord are not

entirely consistent with the histochemical data. While CCK-like

immunoreactivity studied by radioimmunoassay confirmed the presence of CCK

at all levels of the cord, it did not detect any CCK in sensory roots or sensory

ganglia. In addition, neither dorsal rhizotomy nor combined ventral and

dorsal rhizotomies modified CCK levels within the dorsal and ventral parts of

the spinal cord. Neonatal capsaicin treatment had no effect on ventral cord

CCK and even caused a small increase in dorsal cord amounts (Marley ~~,

1982). These data point out that most of the CCK8 present in rat spinal cord

is not of primary sensory origin and that CCK8 in the dorsal horn is localized

to either descending or intrinsic neurons to the spinal cord (Marley ~ a1. ,

1982; Schu1tzberg ~ al., 1982). Alternatively, CCK, is present in

capsaicin-resistant sensory fibers, or it might represent a unique species of

CCK-re1ated peptides. The nature of the material demonstrated by

immunohistochemistry remains to be established.

Since SP has been thought to mediate slow depolarization in guinea

pig IMG by a mechanism similar to axon reflex (Da1sgaard ~~, 1983),

possible interaction b'etween SP and CCK should be investigated. In the

present experiments, the membrane effects of CCKS and SP on the same neurons

Page 268: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

193

of the guinea pig IMG were investigated to determine the relative

sensitivities of the neuron toward each peptide. Although both peptides

depolarized the membrane of IMG neurons and increased their excitability, the

depolarizing potency and the percentage of responsive cells were higher for

SP than for CCKS (see Results Section). To analyze the possible interaction

between CCKS and SP at SP and CCK receptor sites, SP analogues (as spantide)

with antagonistic properties was implemented. It was found that a great

majority of the neurons excited by SP could also be excited by CCKS • This

qualitative similarity of action between CCKS and SP, tested under the same

experimental conditions, suggests that they might be sharing a common

neuronal mechanism. Such a mechanism could be presynaptic, that is the

peptides might release one or several presynaptic excitatory

neurotransmitters, or more likely a postsynaptic mechanism, either at a

receptor or ionic channel level. Although there are data suggesting

presynaptic actions for SP (Murase & Randic, 1984; Murase ~.!h, 19S2) and

for CCKS (present results; Nemeth ~.!h, 1985), there are data demonstrating

a direct excitatory postsynaptic effect for both SP (Murase ~ a1., 1982; Dun

& Minolta, 19S1) and CCKS (present results; Dodd & Kelly, 1981). However,

the present data obtained with (D-Arg1 , D-Pr02 , D-Trp7, 9, Leull )-SP clearly

show that CCKS and SP do not act at the same receptor site.

4.14 Role.£f Cholecystokinin in Transmission of Guinea Pig ~

Cholecystokinin has been localized within the IMG of the guinea pig

in nerve fibers whose cell bodies lie in the wall of the large intestine

(Dalsgaard ~ a1., 19S3). Because of the location of these neurons, they are

Page 269: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

194

potential mediator of the slow depolarization induced by distension of the

colon (Peters & Kreulen, 1986; Kreulen & Peters, 1986). Indeed the presence

of immunoreactivity for vasoactive intestinal polypeptide, bombesin and

dynorphin in addition to CCK within myenteric neurons of the colon that

project to the prevertebral ganglia has made them putative neurotransmitters

in the colonic mechanosensory pathway. Originally, SP was suggested as the

transmitter of the nerve stimulation-evoked slow depolarization (Konishi ~

al., 1979; Dun, 1980). However, because depletion of SP by treatment of

animals with capsaicin (Peters & Kreulen, 1984) does not completely eliminate

slow depolarization, other peptides in addition to SP may mediate the slow

potentials. The findings that CCK8 produces a slow depolarization similar

in many respects to both the nerve-evoked slow depolarization and the colon

distension-induced slow depolarization and that CCKS desensitized the

response of the neuron to both stimulation and colon distension support this

earlier contention. The reduction of the amplitude of the nerve

stimulation-evoked slow depolarization by desensitization to the

depolarizing effects of CCK8 in 50% of cells tested suggest that, at least,

part of these desensitizations were mediated by CCKS or by any of its related

peptide released from the nerve fiber. Similar interpretation can be

deduced from the desensitization of equal percentage (50%) of the neurons

tested in response to colon distension. The possibility that cross

desensitization to the depolarizing effects of SP or VIP by CCK-like peptides

was ruled out by the present experiments. Therefore, the identity of the

neurotransmitter can be confirmed to be CCKS or one of its related peptide.

The importance of isolating and chemically characterizing the CCK­

like material localized by immunohistochemistry in the dorsal horn of the

Page 270: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

195

spinal cord cannot be overemphasized, until this is achieved it will not be

possible to fully understand the neurochemical and neurophysiological

aspects and the possible role of CCK in sensory transmission in the central

reflex involving the visceral afferents. The release of any CCK-related

peptide from nerve terminals in the IMG also has to be established to confirm

the involvement of CCK as a sensory neurotransmitter in peripheral reflex

involving IMG and the colon. Clearly, the action of CCK need not be

restricted to the tonic modulation of neuronal excitability and could

function as a transmitter or co-transmitter at conventional excitatory

synapses.

4.15 Characterization ~ Cell Types in the Rabbit IMG

The purpose of extending the present studies to include rabbit IMG

was to evaluate the role of CCK as a neurotransmitter in different mammalian

species IMG. However, it was important to first electrophysiologically

characterize rabbit IMG. By electophysiologically characterizing the IMG

of the rabbit, the present studies helped widen the survey that has been

pursued to study the IMG among various species like cat, guinea pig, and dog.

Although the guinea pig IMG have been studied fairly well, the other species

ganglia could also be considered centers for integrative role. They contain

various types of cells having regularly and irregularly spontaneous activity

beside the tonic and phasic activity. As shown from the present studies, the

rabbit IMG exhibited in vitro all these activities making possible the using

of the rabbit as a practical laboratory animal for studying other neuronal

activities not seen in guinea pig IMG. Moreover, the rabbit IMG showed

Page 271: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

196

different types of slow responses: it exhibited a complex slow-IPSP.

Neurons in rabbit IMG adapt fast to the stimulus parameters-e.g.,

intensity, frequency, and duration. For example, some tonic cells behaved

as phasic or almost less excitable when subjected to more than 200 msec pulse

of constant depolarizing current or to constant depolarizing D.C. Under

these conditions the traces of these cells underwent "damped oscillation" and

their firing was terminated in the continuous presence of the stimulus.

Similar responses were observed with phasic cells. On the other hand,

although infrequent, some not directly excitable cells responded as phasic

when increasing either the intensity or the frequency of the stimulus. All

the afromentioned cases do not support the idea of classifying the cells as

tonic or phasic; rather, it suggests that the cell might have different states

of activities under particular circumstances. These observations have not

been reported in the cases of other species.

Cells in the rabbit IMG could be classified into three types - non­

spontaneously, spontaneously regular and spontaneously irregular firing

neurons. The non-spontaneously firing cells are more abundant (105 out of

280 cells tested) than the other two groups (only 23 cells); these cells are

with relatively higher resting membrane potential and lower input

resistance. They elicit action potential(s) only to direct and/or indirect

stimulation expressing either phasic or tonic activity. In addition, they

always receive some synpatic input. On the other hand, both the irregularly

and the regularly firing neurons have continouous spontaneous activity.

However, they are of two distinct personalities. The irregularly firing

neurons exhibit spontaneous release of a neurotransmiter (apparently ACh) as

reflected by the occurrence of miniature potentials and fast EPSP I S in their

Page 272: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

197

traces. These potentials also gave rise to some action potentials, and were

not abolished by imposing hyperpolarizing current pulses. In addition, the

cells responded to both direct and indirect stimulation and received synaptic

input so that any of these means (in addition to probably antidromic means)

may trigger their spontaneous firing seen after stopping the stimulus. On

the contrary, the regularly firing neurons seem not to be affected by any

synaptic input, for stimulating the nerves did not alter the frequencies or

amplitude of their pacemaking activity. Same result was obtained when

stimulating the pacemakers directly, despite the appearance of the evoked

spike in the trace in either case. They are cells behaving as pacemakers

without the need for an initial trigger. Like the other cells, they receive

four synpatic inputs and respond to direct stimulation (injecting current

through the soma). However, neither routes did affect the frequency of

firing. This does suggest that the rhythmicity is an intrinsic property of

the cells. Interestingly, our result showed that rhythmically active cells

can be further categorized into further two subtypes: one that comprised

neurons firing with time-dependent increase in frequency. Indeed, the cells

terminate their firing with unknown reasons when they reach very high level of

oscillation. The other remaining subtype of the pacemaking neurons included

those neurons that adapted most of the time to only one level of frequency.

This later subtype were more numerous than the former subtype. Similar

neurons have been reported in the IMG of the dog (King & Szurszewski, 19ij4a).

The morphology of rabbit IMG differs from the morphology of some

species ganglia. The ganglion main lobe (and even the small lobe) is larger

than and more distinct from either the cat (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983) or

guinea pig ganglia (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971). In this respect it is

Page 273: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

198

similar to the dog IMG (King & Szurszewski, 1984a) where the ganglion does not

comprise small scattered lobes a pattern seen in cat (Jule & Szurszewski,

1983) and human (Kuntz, 1940). Various aspects of the electrical properties

and cell types of IMG neuron is discussed below.

4.16 Characterization of Synaptic Transmission in ~ Rabbit IMG

Compared with other prevertebral ganglia (Kreulen & Szurszewski,

1979; Szurszewski, 1981; Simmons, 1985), passive and active properties of

rabbit IMG neurons showed similarity. However, in estimating the rheobase,

we got higher value which may be attributed to the phenomenon of

accommodation. Indeed, the membrane of some neurons accommodated fast. By

the same token, this also might have affected the derivation of Rin to result

in lower values for these particular cells.

Many fibers in any peripheral or central nerve bundle made synapse

with each ganglion cell. The convergence phenomenon has been reported in

guinea pig IMG (Szurszewski, 1981). The phenomenon reflects the existence

of nerve fibers of different diameter and/or length impinging on one cell in

the ganglion. Accordingly higher levels of the stimulus cause recruitment

of more than one synaptic response. Furthermore, one cannot ignore the

possibility of the existence of an interneuron which may take part in the

response. As far as regional organization of synaptic input is concerned, it

appeared to be randomized. In this connection, the IMG of the rabbit is

comparable with IMG of the dog (King & Szurszewski, 1984a) and guinea pig

(Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971) and incomparable to that of the cat (Jule &

Szurszewski, 1983).

Page 274: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

199

There are species differences regarding the time course and

pharmacology of the slow-EPSP and slow-IPSP (Libet, 1970; Kuba & Koketsu,

1978; Hartzell, 1981; Sejowski, 1982; Simmons, 1985). The slow-IPSP

appeared to comprise multiple components of different pharmacology. It may

consist of the component representing the summation of the after

hyperpolarization that succeeds the action potentials of the trains

(Szurszewski & Weems, 1978) as indicated by nicotinic blockade; muscarinic

component as revealed by atropinic blockade; and/or noncho1inergic

(purinergic or peptidergic) component. When using K2S04 electrode, this

latter component was shown from the incomplete abolishment of the slow-IPSP

by hexamethonium or atropine. There was an interrelationship between the

slow-EPSP and IPSP as it was implied in what seems to be a "membrane cycle of

response". Morever, this interrelationship represent the time-dependent

properties of the slow potentials as indicated from the effect of the interval

between train of stimulation on the amplitude and duration of the slow

potentials. It was found that a reproducible response could be obtained if

the time elapsed between two successive train was at least 6 min. Shorter

duration between trains resulted in depression and increase of amplitude

slow-EPSP and slow-IPSP, respectively. The depression in slow-EPSP evoked

by successive trains which were separated with short duration could be

explained at least in part by the ensuing desensitization.

The present study suggests the possibility of using the rabbit IMG to

study phenomena such as continuous activity and both hyperpolarizing and

depolarizing noncholinergic potentials not seen in guinea pig IMG. This

will be particularly of utmost importance if it helps elucidate possible

mechanisms of integration in this ganglion.

Page 275: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

200

4.17 Possible Purinergic Mediation in ~ Slow Hyperpolarization

in Rabbit IMG - --

The lack of information about possible CCK or related peptide

localization in rabbit colon encouraged me to look for other possible

mediator for reflex activity between colon and IMG of the rabbit. New

insight into purinergic transmission in ganglia have been provided by recent

electrophysiological studies of which the following are just examples.

Akasu and his colleagues (Akasu ~ al., 1984) conclude that purinergic

transmission may occur in some autonomic ganglia. Slow hyperpolarizing

potentials in cat vesical parasympathetic ganglia produced by stimulating

the preganglionic nerves appear to be mediated by adenosine (Akasu ~ al. ,

1984). Adenosine has also been shown to inhibit the voltage-dependent Ca2+

current via activation of Pl-purinoceptors on postganglionic neurons of the

rat superior cervical ganglion (Henon & McAfee, 1983). However, much less is

known about the role of purines in sympathetic prevertebral ganglia.

The experimental results revealed the components of the slow

hyperpolarization elicited by presynaptic stimulation of any of the four

nerve trunks attached to the IMG of the rabbit. After removal of the

cholinergic nicotinic and muscarinic components using hexamethonium and

atropine respectively, a residual noncholinergic component persists. This

latter component could be produced by adenosine in a medium containing high

Ca2+/low Mg2+ and a mixture of atropine and hexamethonium. The action of

adenosine can be further potentiated by dipyridamole (adenosine uptake

blocker). Moreover, dipyridamole, in the absence of adenosine, simulated

Page 276: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

201

the effect of adenosine on the slow potentials. It enhanced the amplitude

and duration of the slow hyperpolarization and depressed those of the slow

depolarization. These studies demonstrate some unique characteristics of

the rabbit IMG compared to this ganglion in the guinea pig or other species.

Supporting the conclusion is the observation that a,S methylene ATP has

different actions in the IMGneurons of guinea pig and rabbit respectively.

The compound applied by pressure ejection produced a slow hyperpolarization

preceding the slow depolarization elicited in neurons of rabbit IMG. This

slow hyperpolarization imitates in the time course and amplitude the slow

hyperpolarization produced in the ganglion by presynaptic repetitive

stimulation.

4.18 Peptides and Colon Distension Responses in Rabbit IMG

In contrast to the response elicited in guinea pig IMG by colon

distension, there was no similar response evoked in rabbit IMG neurons.

Surprisingly, the cholinergic input from the colon represented in guinea pig

IMG neurons as continuous, fast, synaptic activities is absent in the rabbit

IMG. Very little spontaneous miniature potential can be seen occasionally.

Upon distending the colon, no slow depolarization was detected. In the

contrary, colon distension in the rabbit produces frequent slow

hyperpolarization that simulates the time course characteristics and the

amplitude of the slow hyperpolarization elicited by adenosine or by a,S

methylene ATP. There has been no attempt to localize peptidergic neuron in

both the colon or the IMG of the rabbit. On the other hand, purinergic

neurons (noncholinergic and nonadrenergic) in the colon of the rabbit have

Page 277: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

202

been localized (Burnstock, 1972; Small, 1972; Gillepsie, 1934). These

neurons are described as intrinsic to the colon and having intramural

connections with cholinergic neurons. Such purinergic neurons could

somehow play the sensory role in the peripheral reflex activity between the

colon and the IMG of the rabbit. In this context, processes extending from

the cell bodies could be the afferent limb in this reflex. Again, these

observations demonstrate some unique characteristics of the rabbit IMG

compared to this ganglion in other species: continuous activity and both

hyperpolarizing and depolarizing noncholinergic synaptic potentials. The

present results differ however from those reported by Dun and Simmons (1985),

in that there was no atropine sensitive slow depolarization.

It was interesting to test the effect of peptides on neurons of rabbit

IMG to determine the sensitivity of these neurons to the peptides already

tested on neurons of guinea pig !MG. Again, SP, CCK8NS and VIP proved

excitatory in some neurons. All produced slow depolarizations very similar

in characteristics to those seen in the guinea pig IMG in terms of amplitude,

time course, and superimposed neuronal discharge. However, under the light

that there is no attempt to localized neuronactive peptide cell bodies in

either the colon or the IMG, the importance of these excitatory actions in

physiological functions cannot be determined. Simmons and Dun (1985)

reported that rabbit IMG neurons were less sensitive to SP than those of

guinea pig IMG. SP depolarized only 33% of the cells in the rabbit IMG

(Simmons & Dun, 1985) compared to 90% in the guinea pig (Dun & Minota, 1981).

The SP depolarization in 60% of the sensitive neurons in rabbit IMG was

accompanied by a decrease in Rin unlike the slow depolarization elicited by

stimulation in this species ganglion, which was never accompanied by a Rin

Page 278: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

203

decrease. SP application did not result in a desensitization of the slow

depolarization elicited by electrical stimulation. SP antagonists did not

affect the slow depolarization produced by stimulation. Capsaicin had no

effect on the rabbit IMG cells or on the slow depolarization (Simmons & Dun,

1985). These data suggest that SP is not the chemical mediator of the slow

depolarization in the rabbit IMG. Although the compound involved remains to

be determined, adenosine or one of its analogues could be a potential putative

neurotransmitter in this ganglion.

4.19 Stability of ~holecystokinin-Related Peptide

The present results revealed that CCKaNS inside the micropipette,

used for pressure ejection, is stable ,')ver a period of ten hours. One major

concern was the adsorbing surface of the pipette glass. However, HPLC

analysis did not show any decremental amount of CCKaNS that could be

attributed to the effect of glass. Chromatographic data did not reveal any

fragment eluted during the period of ten hours. Therefore, the proposed

actions, described in the result section, for CCKaNS were belonging to that

peptide species. Upon superfusion, the concentration of the peptide follow

first order kinetics to reach equilibrium in the recording chamber.

However, the time required to reach equilibrium varied from trial to trial for

unknown reasons. The erratic behavior of CCKaNS accumulation may be

responsible for desensitizing some neurons before others due to different

rate of peptide delivery by supefusion. Desensitization may explain the

lower incidence of depolarizing effects when CCKa is applied by superfusion

compared to when it is applied by pressure ejection from micropipettes. This

Page 279: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

204

is supported by the observation that superfusion of CCKa' which of itself does

not depolarize a neuron, will desensitize that neuron to subsequent pressure

ejection of CCKa' Interestingly enough, before superfusion, the samples

taken from the recording chamber were shown in the chromatogram to contain

traces of CCKaNS. If this finding was not an artifact, one could .deduce that

the ganglion releases CCKaNS or a related peptide. In this contention, the

release of CCK will compliment and fulfill all the criteria needed for CCKaNS

to be a neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity between colon and IMG.

However, to establish the release of CCK, radioimmunoassay combined with HPLC

need to be utilized. This latter step is left to future studies.

4.20 Concluding Remarks

It is clear that the guinea pig IMG is more complicated than was

previously assumed. An increasing number of new neuropeptide

transmitter/modulator candidates in addition to ACh and norepinephrine have

been found. The very same neuropeptides can simultanesouly be localized in

several systems, i.e. sensory, sympathetic and gut neurons. From the

general distribution pattern in the peripheral nervous system, the candidate

peptides and the established monoamine transmitters constitute the following

neural pathways to this particulr ganglion. Sympathetic motor nerves

contain preganglionic neurons ultizing ACh as their transmitter. The

postganglionic fibers employ norephinephrine as a transmitter to the distal

colon and pelvic organs. Gut neurons contain ACh, SP, VIP and CCK. Sensory

nerves include SP, VIP and CCK. The major cholinergic synatpic inputs to the

principal ganglion cells in the IMG are supplied by preganglionic and enteric

Page 280: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

205

fibers. Therefore, both central and peripheral control of intestinal

motility can be effected. Furthermore, it is not surprising that the

ganglion is still capable of controlling the motility after

decentralization. The more effective treatment required to eliminate the

capability of the IMG in controlling the motility is transection of the lumbar

colonic nerves.

As far as the neuropeptides are concerned, SP, VIP and CCK are present

in gut neurons and sensory nerves. SP is present in (1) sensory neurons of

spinal ganglia passing with peripheral branches through splanchnic nerves,

and (2) intrinsic gut neurons innervating ganglia and smooth muscles. VIP is

observed in (1) local gut neurons some of which project back onto IMG neurons,

(2) sensory neurons of the spinal ganglia extending through splanchnic nerves

and passing through the ganglion and (3) intrinsic neurons to IMG. CCK is

seen in (1) sensory neurons of spinal ganglia extending into sciatic nerves

and (2) a few gut neurons, partly projecting back to IMG. Accordingly, SP,

VIP, and CCK share a common feature which is their presence in primary

afferent fibers with cell bodies in the spinal ganglia and projecting onto IMG

neurons. However, it is not known which sensory cell is somatic and which is

autonomic. On the other hand, VIP and CCK are present in cell bodies in the

intramural ganglia of the colon and terminating on cells in the IMG. In so

being, VIP and CCK periphral pathways to the ganglion are purely autonomic

sensory pathways. Therefore, reflex activity between colon and IMG may

include local, peripheral, and central reflex operations.

Coordination of gut motility requires more than one type of reflex

and, probably, more than one neurotransmitter. Local reflex can be achieved

by enteric neural circuits. Peripheral reflex is operated directly by IMG as

Page 281: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

206

an integrating center without the involvement of any central influences.

The transmitter( s) mediating this reflex may be the one( s) in neurons arising

from the colon and terminating in the IMG, i.e. VIP or CCK. Peripheral reflex

could also be achieved by axon reflex. It has early been proposed that SP is

involved in antidromic vasodilatation. SP has recently been found to be

released via nerve stimulation in the dental pulp probably from sensory nerve

(Olgarth ~ a1., 1977). The central reflex is performed through the primary

afferents and central integrating structures in the spinal cord. For this

reflex, SP has been proposed as the main neurotransmitter earring sensory

infromation from the gut. Despite the presence of the other peptides (VIP

and CCK) in the primary afferents, no attempt has been made to evaluate their

role in conveying sensory information from the gut. All these types of

reflexes and transmitters may be put into use, individually or in

combination, depen4ing on the type of stimulus to the gut i.e. nociceptive

mechanic, or chemical.

The finding that very little of the SP is transported into the central

branch is surprising in relation to the suggested role of SP as a sensory

transmitter (Otsuka & Takahashi, 1977). As previous studies (Gamse ~ al.,

1979; Gilbert~ a1., 1980) on SP in peripheral branches have also suggested,

much of the SP in the axon is probably stationary and a velocity of 5-6 nun/hr

seems accurate (Lundberg ~ al., 1980). The retrograde transport from the

peripheral branch was small. Thus, a major proportion of the SP is either

degraded locally or released from the distal branches. The slow axonal

transport of SP is better appreciated when considering the long pathways of

the primary afferent to the viscera. On the other hand, it is clear that

there are shorter peripheral afferent pathways such as those originating from

Page 282: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

207

the colon and terminating in the IMG. These latter pathways implement CCK or

VIP as their putative sensory neurotransmitters. It could be possible that

the primary afferent pathways are devoted for long term information

processing, while the peripheral sensory fibers for short term responses.

In this connection, the enteric circuits are implemented for immediate

responding to local stimuli in the gut. All in all, the various type of

reflexes and transmitters can be visualized as versatile mechanisms for

expeditious controlling of gut motility.

The present results confirm and extend many earlier

electrophysiological and immunohistochemical studies on peripheral reflex,

between colon and IMG, utilizing peptide systems. In this respect, they

reinforce the sensory neurotransmitter role for CCK in conveying information

from the distal colon to the postganglionic neurons of the IMG. The results

also elaborate on fulfilling the rest of the neurotransmitter criteria for

CCK in the IMG in terms of mechanism of action, receptors, null potential and

ionic conductance changes, sites of action and desensitization. The present

results also shed light on modes of ganglionic transmission among mammalian

species and evaluated the role of peptides in the transmission in these

species ganglia. The extended finding that CCK can release ACh and

potentiates its actions presents an elegant example of synergism of two

transmitter (on~ is peptide and the other is monoamine). The presence of a

separate population of neurons with receptors specific for CCK and the

absence of overlapping between CCK and VIP or SP effects, as shown by the

present results, emphasize the neurotransmitter action of CCK in conveying

particular information. The following functional hypothesis can,

therefore, be proposed: Peripheral afferent neurons with cell bodies in the

Page 283: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

208

distal colon and projecting onto guinea pig IMG cells utilize CCK as a sensory

neurotransmitter when activated via colon mechanoreceptors to initiate

reflex activity between the colon and the IMG.

guinea pig.

Fig. 54 depicts the reflex in

Finally, the present findings created interesting aspects to be

considered for future research. For instance, the observation that the IMG

may release CCK will require the use of the radioimmunassay combined with HPLC

to establish the physiological release of CCK from the ganglion. Also, the

present studies emphasize the development of specific CCK antagonists or the

use of antibodies to further confirm the sensory neurotransmitter role of

CCK. Furthermore, the present studies elaborate on the methodological

aspects of drug application. They indicated the advantages of applying

peptide by pressure microejection over the superfusion of the peptide.

Page 284: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

Fig. 54. guinea pig.

Cholinergic and noncholinergic pathways to and from inferior mesenteric ganglion of

The pathways depicted connect the ganglion with the distal segment of the colon and with the spinal cord.

Page 285: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

COLON IMG SPINAL CORD

SP

ACH

NE

Fig. 54. Cholinergic and noncholinergic pathways to and from inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig.

N o \0

Page 286: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

SUMMARY

A. On neurons of guinea .E!£ IMG, CCKa

(1) is a potent excitatory peptide,

(2) induces reversible, noncholinergic, slow

depolarization,

(3) decreases input resistance in the majority of

neurons, and

(4) shows sigmoid, saturable, dose-response

relationShip.

B. From the molecular forms ~ CCK and related peptides,

(1) forms (CCKaNS, CCKaS, CCK30- 33 , and CCK27- 33 ) are

active on neurons of guinea pig IMG,

(2) CCKaS (EDSO = 2.2~ 0.4 pmo1e) is less potent than

the CCKSNS (EDsO = 1.1 + 0.5 pmo1es), the

nonsulfated form is as equipotent as CCK30- 33 , and

(3) gastrin 1 (human) and caerulein are also active.

C. Ionic mechanism ~ action of CCKa shows

(1) in the majority of 6% neurons, the amplitude of CCKS

potential increases with hyperpolarization,

(2) CCKa null potential in these neurons is 36 .:!:. 9.3 mV,

and

210

Page 287: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

211

(3) GNa activation and Gk inactivation underlie CCKa-

induced slow depolarization.

D. CCK-induced tachyphylaxis is suggested ~

(1) CCKa desensitizes the response to its action, and

(2) CCKa desensitizes the response induced by

repetitive stimulation in 50% of neurons.

However, CCKa enhances the response to repetitive

stimulation in 25% of neurons.

E. Sites _o_f _C_CK_ ..;;;a;.;.c.;;.t.;;;.io.;;..n~ are:

(1) direct postsynaptic action as revealed by the

persistence of the depolarization in low calcium

medium and by the enhancement in fast EPSP

amplitude, and

(2) presynaptic action as indicated by the increase in

fast EPSP frequency and by the reduction of the

depolarization with TTX.

F. Correlation between CCKa and other peptides _i_n _t_h_e IMG

indicates:

(1) SP and CCKa do not interact at the same receptor

sites,

(2) SP does not cross desensitize the response to CCKa ,

and

(3) VIP does not cross desensit ize the response to CCKa •

G. CCK and neurotransmitter criteria shows: -- -- ~;...;;;.;;..;;...;~~~-.;..~..;.

(1) CCK-like immunoreactive neurons are with cell

bodies in the intramural ganglia of the colon and

Page 288: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

212

fibers projecting onto neurons of the IMG,

(2) CCKa-slow depolarization mimics the noncholinergic

depolarizations induced either by colon distension

or by repetitive stimulation of lumbar colonic

nerve,

(3) CCKa effects a reversible, dose-dependent,

saturable response indicative of a pharmacological

receptor, and

(4) CCKa desensitizes the response either to repetitive

stimulation or to colon distension in 50% of

neurons. All these data support the hypothesis

that CCKa or a related peptide is a putative

neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity between

the colon and the IMG of guinea pig.

H. Pressure ejection versus superfusion indicates:

(1) only 20% of cells tested depolarized to supefused

CCKa while nintyfive percent of cells depolarized

to pressure-ejected CCKa,

(2) supefused CCKa reaches equilibrium in the bath

after various times; In some cases the cell

desensitizes before it depolarizes, and

(3) the response to pressure ejected CCK shows rise time

and duration comparable with those shown by

repetitive stimulation.

I. In rabbit IMG neurons,

(1) passive and active electrical membrane properties

Page 289: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

213

of the neurons are similar to those in other species

ganglia,

(2) neurons show spontaneous irregular synaptic or pace

making activity,

(3) slow hyperpolarization contains components that

are noncholinergic (purinergic or peptidergic);

and cholinergic nicotinic and muscarinic; slow

depolarization is noncholinergic,

(4) CCKS ' SP, and VIP excite some neurons in the !MG, but

the physiological significance of this finding is

unknown, and

(5 ) colon distension does not induce slow

depolarization or increase asynchoronous

continuous synaptic cholinergic input to IMG.

Page 290: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

REFERENCES

Adams, P.R. and Brown, D.A. (1980): Lutenizing hormone re1easin~ factor and muscarinic agonists act on the same voltage sensitive K current in bullfrog sympathetic ganglia. Br. J. Pharmaco1. 68, 353-355.

Adrian, E.D., Bronk, D.W. and Phillips, G. (1932): Discharge in mammalian sympathetic nerves. J. Physio1. 74, 115-133.

Akasu, T., Shinnick-Gallagher, P. and Gallagher, J.P. (1984): Adenosine mediates a slow hyperpolarizing synaptic potential in autonomic neurones. Nature 311, 62-65.

Appenzeller, O. (1982): The autonomic nervous system, an introduction to basic and clinical concepts. 3rd Ed., pp. 524, Elsevier Biomedical Press.

Araki, T. and Otani, T. (1955): Response of single motoneurons to direct stimulation in toad's spinal cord. J. Neurophysio1. 18, 472-485.

Archakova, L.I., Bu1ygin, I.A. and Netukova, N.I. (1982): The ultrastructural organization of sympathetic ganglia of the cat. J. Autonom. Nerv. Syst. 6, 83-93.

Baker, S.C., Cuello, A.C. and Matthews, Margaret R. (1980): Substance P­containing synapses in a sympathetic ganglion, and their possible origin as co11atera1s from sensory nerve fibers. J. Physio1. 308, 76P-77P.

Bayliss, W.M. and Starling, E.A. (1900): The movement and the innervation of the large intestine. J. Physio1. 26, 107-118.

Beinfe1d, M.C. (1983): Cholecystokinin in the central nervous system: Amini review. Neuropeptides 3, 411-427.

Blackman, J.G., Crowcroft, P.J., Devine, C.E., Holman, Mollie E. and Yonemura, K. (1969): Transmission from preganglionic fibers in the hypogastric nerve to peripheral ganglia of male guinea pigs. J. Physio1. 201, 723-743.

Bloom, F. E. (1974): To spritz or not to spritz: the doubtful value of aimless iontophoresis. Life Sci. 14, 1819-1834.

Bodanszky, J., Martinez, J., Priestley, G.P., Gardner, J.D. and Hutt, V. (1978): Cholecystokinin (Pancreozymin). 4. Synthesis and properties of a biologically active analogue of the C -terminal heptapeptide with €-hydroxynor1eucine sulfate replacing tyrosine sulfate. J.

214

Page 291: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

215

Med. Chem. 21, 1030-1035.

Brace, R.A. (1977): Fitting straight lines to experimental data. Am. J. Physiol. 233, R94-R99.

Brooks, P.A. and Kelly, J.S. (1985): Cholecystokinin as a potent excitant of neurons of the dentate grus of rats. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 361-374.

Brown, G.L. and Pascoe, J.E. (1952): Conduction through the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. J. Physiol. 118, 113-123.

Brownstein, M.J., Mroz, E.A., Kizer, J.S., Palkovits, M. and Leeman, S.E. (1976): Regional distribution of substance P in the brain of the rat. Brain Res. 116, 299-305.

Burnstock, G. (1972): Purinergic Nerves. Pharmacol. Rev. 24, 509-581.

Byrne, J.H. (1981): Intracellular stimulation, In Electrical stimulation research techniques. In: "Methods in Physiological Psychology" (eds. Patterson, M.M. and Kesner, R.P:TVol. III Academic Press, pp. 37-59.

Chiodo, L.A. and Bunney, B.S. (1983): Prog1umide: Selective antagonism of excitatory effects of cholecystokinin in central nervous system. Sci. 219, 1449-1451.

Christophe, J. and Robberecht (1982): Effect of VIP on the exocrine pancreas. In: "Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide, Advances in Peptide Hormone Research Series" (ed. Said, S.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 235-262.

Christophe, J., Svoboda, M., Calderon-Atlas, P., Lambert, M., Vandermeers­Piret, M. C., Vandermeers, M., Deschodt-Lanckman and Robberecht, P. (1980): In: "Gastrointestinal Hormones" (ed. Glass, G.B.J.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 451-476.

Clark, C.R., Daum, P., Graham, W. and Hughes, J. (1984): Determination of the specificity of the mouse c.n.s. cholecystokinin receptor using two radiolabelled probes. J. Physiol. 354, #58.

Clark, C.R., Daum, P. and Hughes, J. (1985): Lack of competition between two reputed peripheral cholecystokinin receptor antagonists for central cholecystokinin binding sites. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) pp. 581-582. Ann. NY Acad. Sci.

Cohen, S.L., Knight, M., Tamminga, C.A. and Chase, T.N. (1982): Cholecystokinin octapeptide effects on conditioned avoidance behavior, stereotypy and catalepsy. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 83, 213-222.

Page 292: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

216

Collins, S.M. and Gardner, J.D. (1982): Proglumide is a specific antagonist of the action of cholecystokinin on isolated smooth muscle cell from guinea pig stomach. Gastroenterology 82, 1035.

Collins, S., Walker, D., Forsyth, P. and Belbeck, L. (1983): The effects of proglumide on cholecystokinin, bombesin and glucagon-induced satiety in the rat. Life Sci. 32, 2223-2229.

Crawley, J .N. (1985a): Comparative distribution of cholecystokinin and other neuropeptide: Why is this peptide different from all other peptides? In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds., Vanderhaeghen, J • -J • and Crawley, J.N.) New York Academy of Sciences, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 1-8, 1985a.

Crawley, J.N. (1985b): Cholecystokinin potentiation of dopamine-mediated behaviors in the nuc leus accumbens. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) New York Academy of Sciences. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 283-292, 1985b.

Crowcroft, P.J., Holman, Mollie E. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1971a): Excitatory input from the distal colon to the inferior mesenteric ganglion on the guinea pig. J. Physiol. 219, 443-461.

Crowcroft, P.J., Jarrot, B. and Ostberg, A. (1971b): Are there inhibitory mechanism in mammalian autonomic ganglia? Proc. Aust. Physiol. Pharmacol. Soc. 2, 31-32.

Crowcroft, P.J. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1971): A study of the inferior mesenteric and pelvic ganglia of guinea pigs with intracellular electrodes. J. Physiol. 219, 421-441.

Cuello, A.C., Fiacco, M.D. and Paxinos, G. (1978): The central and peripheral ends of substance P-containing sensory neurons in the rat trigeminal system. Brain Res. 15l, 499-509.

Dalsgaard, C.-J. and Elfvin, L.-G. (1979): Spinal or1g1n of preganglionic fibers projecting onto the superior cervical ganglion and inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig, as demonstrated by the horseradish peroxidase technique. Brain Res. 172, 139-143.

Dalsgaard, C.-J. and Elfvin, L.-G. (1982a): Structural studies on the connectivity of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig. J. Autonom. Nerv. Sys. 5, 265-278.

Dalsgaard, C.-J., Hokfelt, T., Elfvill, L.-G. and Skirboll, L. (1982b): Substance P-containing primary sensory neurons projecting to the inferior mesenteric ganglion: evidence from combined retrograde tracing and immunohistochemistry. Neurosci. 7, 647-654.

Dalsgaard, C.-J., Hokfelt, T. and Schultzberg, M. (1983): Origin of peptide­containing fibers in the inferior mesenteric gangl ion of the guinea

Page 293: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

217

pig: immunohistochemical studies with antisera to substance P, enkephalin, vasoactive intestinal polypeptide, cholecystokinin and bombesin. Neurosci. 9, 191-211.

Dalsgaard, C.-J., Vincent, S.R., Hokfelt, T., Lundberg, J.M., Dahlstrom, A., Schultzberg, M., Dockray, G.J. and Cuello, A.C. (1982c): Coexistence of cholecystokinin- and substance P-like peptides in neurons of the dorsal root ganglia of the rat. Neurosci. Lett. 33, 159-163.

DeGroat, W.C. and Krier, J. (1979): The central control of the lumbar sympathetic pathway to the large intestine of the cat. J. Physiol. 289, 449-468.

Del Tacca, M., Soldani, G. and Crema, A. (1970): Experiments on the mechanism of action of caerulein at the level of the guinea pig ileum and colon. Agents Actions 1, 176-181.

Deschenes, R.J., Lorenz, L.J., Haun, R.S., Ross, B.A., Collier, K.J. and Dixon, J .E. (1984): Cloning and sequence analysis of a cDNA encoding rat preprocho1ecystokinin. Proc. Nat1. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 726-730.

Deschenes, R.J., Haun, R.S., Sunke1, D., Ross, B.A. and Dixon, J.E. (198S): Modulation of cholecystokinin gene expression. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 53-60.

Deschodt-Lanckman, M. (1985): Enzymatic degradation of cholecystokinin in the central nervous system. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 87-98.

Deschodt-Lanckman, M.N., Bul, D., Hoyer, M. and Christophe, J. (1981): Degradation of cholecystokinin-like peptides by a crude rat brain synaptosomal fraction: A study by high pressure liquid chromatography. Reg. Peptides 2, 15-30.

Deschodt-Lanckman, M., Robberecht, P., DeMeef, P., Labrie, F., and Christophe, J. (1975): In vitro interactions of gastrointestinal hormones on cyclic adenosine 3': S'-monophosphate levels and amylase output in the rat pancreas. Gastroenterology 681, 318-325.

Dockray, G.J. (1976): Immunochemical evidence of cholecystokinin-like peptide in brain. Nature 264, 568-570.

Dockray, G.J. (1979): Evolutionary relationships of the gut hormones. Fed. Proc. 38, 2295-2301.

Dockray, G.J. (980): Cholecystokinin in rat cerebral cortex: Identification, purification, and characterization by immunochemica1 methods. Brain Res. 188, 155-165.

Page 294: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

218

Dockray, G.J. (1982): The physiology of cholecystokinin in brain and gut. Br. Med. Bull. 38: 253-258.

Dockray, G.J., Desmond, R., Gayton, R.J., Jonsson, A.C., Raybould, H., Sharkey, K.A., Varro, A. and Williams, R.G. (1985): Cholecystokinin and gastrin forms in the nervous system. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 32-43.

Dockray, G.J., Gregory, R.A., Hutchinson, J.B., Harris, J.I., Runswick,M.J. (1978): Isolation, structure, and biological activity of two cholecystokinin octapeptides from sheep brain. Nature 274, 711-713.

Dockray, G.J., Gregory, R.A., Tracy, H.J. and Zhu, W.-Y. (1981). Transport of cholecystokinin octapeptide-like immunoreactivity toward the gut in afferent vagal fibres in cat and dog. J. Physiol. 314, 501-511.

Dodd, P.R., Edwardson, J.A. and Dockray, G.J. (1980): The depo1arization­induced release of cholecystokinin C-terminal octapeptide (CCK-S) from rat synaptosomes and brain slices. Reg. Peptides 1, 17-29.

Dodd, J. and Kelly, J.S. (1981): The actions of cholecystokinin and related peptides on pyramidal neurons of the mammalian hippocampus. Brain Res. 205, 337-350.

Dun, N. J. (1980): Ganglionic transmission: electrophysiology and pharmacology. Fed. Proc. 39, 2982-2989.

Dun, N.J. and Jiang, Z.-G. (1982): Non-cholinergic excitatory transmission in inferior mesenteric ganglia of the guinea pig: Possible mediation by substance P. J. Physiol. 325, 145-159.

Dun, N.J. and Karczmar, A.G. (1979): Actions of substance P on sympathetic neurons. Neuropharmacol. 18, 215-218.

Dun, N.J. and Kiraly, M. (1983): Capsaicin causes release of a substance P­like peptide in guinea-pig inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Physiol. 340, 107-120.

Dun, N.J. and Minota, S. (1981): Effects of substance P on neurones of the inferior meeenteric ganglia of the guinea-pig. J. Physiol. 321, 359-271.

Dun, N.J., Nishi, S. and Karczmar, A.G. (1978): An analysis of the effect of angiotensin II on mammalian ganglion cells. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 204, 669-675.

Dryer, S.E. and Chiappinelli, V.A. (1985): Substance P depolarizes nerve terminals in an autonomic ganglion. Brain Res. 336, 190-194.

Edwardson, J .A. and McDermott, R.M. (1982): Neurochemical pathology of brain

Page 295: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

219

peptides. Br. Med. Bull. 38, 259-264.

E1fvin, L.-G. (1968): A new granule-containing nerve cell in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. J U1trastruct. Res. 22, 37-44.

Elfvin, L.-G. (197la): Ultrastructural studies on the synaptology of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat, 1. Observations on the cell surface of the postganglionic perikarya. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 37, 411-425.

Elfvin, L.-G. (1971b): Ultrastructural studies on the synaptology of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat, II. specialized serial neuronal contacts between preganglionic end fibers. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 37, 426-431.

Elfvin, L.-G. (1971c): Ultrastructural studies on the synaptology of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat, III. The structure and distribution of the axodendritic and dendrodendritic contacts. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 37, 432-448.

Elfvin, L.-G. (1983): Autonomic ganglia, John Wiley & Sons, pp. 527.

Elfvin, L.-G. and Dalsgaard, C.-J. (1977): Retrograde axonal transport of horseradish peroxidase in afferent fibers of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig. Identification of the cells of origin in dorsal root ganglia. Brain Res. 126, 149-153.

Elfvin, L.-G., Hokfelt, T. and Goldstein, M. (1975): Fluorescence microscopical, Umnunohistochemical and ultrastructural studies on sympathetic ganglia of the guinea pig, with special reference to the SIF cells and their catecholamine content. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 51, 377-396.

Emson, P.C., Dawbarn, D., Rooser, M.N., Rehfeld, J.F., Brundin, P, Isacson, o. and Bjorklund, A. (1985): Cholecystokinin content in the basal ganglia in Huntington I s disease: The expression of cholecystokinin immunoreactivity in striatal grafts to ibotenic acid-Iesioned rat striatum. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J • and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 488-494.

Emson, P.C., Hunt, S.P., Rehfeld, J.F., Golterman, N. and Fahrenkrug, J. (1980): Cholecystokinin and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide in the mammalian CNS: distribution and possible physiologial roles. In: "Neural Peptide ~ Neuronal Communication" (eds. Costa, E. and Trabucchi, M.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 63-74, 1980.

Emson, P.C., Lee, C.M. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1980b): Cholecystokinin octapeptide: vesicular localization and calcium-dependent release from rat brain in vitro. Life Sci. 26, 2157-2163.

Emson, P.C. and Sandberg, B.E.B. (1983): Cholecystokinin and substance P in

Page 296: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

220

the central nervous system. Annu. Rep. Med. Chem. 18, 31-39.

Emson, R.C., Goedert, M., Horsfield, P., Pioux, F. and Pierre, S. St. (1982): The regional distribution and chromatographic characterization of neurotensin-like immunoreactivity in the rat central nervous system. J. Neurochem. 38, 992-999.

Falck, B. (1962): Observations on the possibilities of the cellular localization of monoamines by a fluorescence method. Acta Physiol. Scand. 56, Supple 197.

Faris, Patricia L. (1985): Opiate antagonistic function of cholecystokinin in analgesia and energy balance systems. In: "Neurona1 Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 437-447.

Fein, H. (1966): Passing current through recording glass micropipette electrode. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng.

Fekete, M., Lengyel, A., Hegedus, B., Penke, B., Zarandy, M., Toth,G.K. and Telegdy, G. (1984): Further analysis of the effects of cholecystokinin octapeptides on avoidance behavior in rats. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 98, 79-91.

Feldberg, W. and Gaddum, J.H. (1934): The chemical transmitter at synaptses in a sympathetic ganglion. J. Physiol. 81, 305-319.

Ferrier,!. N. , Crow, T. J. , Farmery, S.M. Roberts, G. W. , Owen, F. , Adrian, T. E. and Bloom, S.R. (1985): Reduced cholecystokinin levels in the limbic lobe in schizophrenia: A marker for pathology underlying the defect state? In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 495-506.

Ferry, C.B. (1967): The innervation of the vas deferens of the guinea pig. J. Physiol. 192, 463-478.

Foley, J.O. (1945): The components of the cervical sympathetic trunk with special reference to its accessory cells and ganglia. J. Compo Neurol. 82, 77-91.

Furness, J.B. and Costa, M. (1974): The adrenergic innervations of the gastrointestinal tract. Ergebn. Physio. 69, 1-51.

Furness, J.B. and Costa, M. (1980). Types of nerves in the enteric nervous system. Neurosci 5, 1-20.

Furness, J.B. and Sobels, G. (1976): The ultrastructure of paraganglia associated with the inferior mesenteric ganglia in the guinea pig. Cell Tis. Res. 171, 123-139.

Fuxe, K., Andersson, K., Locatelli, V., Agnati, L.F., Hokfelt, T., Skirboll,

Page 297: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

221

L. and Mutt, V. (1980): Cholecystokinin peptides produce marked reduction of dopamine turnover in discrete areas in the rat brain following intraventricular injection. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 67, 329-333.

Gabella, G.(1976): Structure of the autonomic nervous system. Chapman and Hall, London, pp. 214.

Gamse, R., Lembeck, F., Cuello, A.C. (1979): Substance P in the vagus nerve: Immunochemical and immunohistochemical evidence for axoplasmic transport. Naunyn-Schmiederberg Arch. Pharmacol. 306, 37-44.

Gamse, R., Holzer, P. and Lembeck, F. (19BO): Decrease of substance P in primary sensory neurones and impairment of neurogenic plasma extravasation by capsaicin. Br. J. Pharmacol. 68, 207-213.

Gamse, R., Leeman, S., Holzer, P. and Lembeck, F. (l98lb): Differential effects of capsaicin on the content of somatostatin, substance P and neurotensin in the nervous system of the rat. Naunyn Schmiedebergs Arch. Pharmacol. 317, 140-148.

Gamse, R., Wax, A., Zigmond, R.E. and Leeman, S.E. (1981a): Immunoreactive substance P in sympathetic ganglia: distribution and sensitivity towards capsaicin. Neurosci. 6, 437-441.

Garry, R.C. (1933a): The nervous control of the caudal region of the large bowel in the cat. J. Physiol. 77, 422-431.

Garry, R.C. and Gillespie, J.S. (1955): The responses of the musculature of the colon of the rabbit to stimulation , in vitro of the parasympathetic and of the sympathetic outflows~. Physiol. 128, 557-576.

Gandreau, P., Quirion, R., Pierre, S. St. and Pert, C.B. (1983): Characterization ~nd visualization of cholecystokinin receptors in rat brain using [ H]pentagastrin. Peptides 4, 755-762.

Gershon, M.D. (1981): The enteric nervous system. Ann. Rev. Neurosci. 4, 227-272.

Gibson, J .G., Polak, J .M., Bloom, S.R. and Wall, P .D. (1981): The distribution of nine peptides in rat spinal cord with special emphasis on the substantia gelatinosa and on the area around the central canal (Laminax). J. Compo Neurol, 201, 65-79.

Gilbert, R.F.T., Emson, P.C., Fahrenkrug, J., Lee, C.M., Penman, E. and Wass, J. (1980): Axonal transport of neuropeptides in the cervical vagus nerve of the rat. J. Neurochem. 34, 10B-113.

Gillespie, J.H. (1934): The biological significance of the linkages in adenosine triphosphoric acid. J. Physiol. 80, 345-359.

Page 298: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

222

Gillespie, J.S., Mackenna, B.R. (1961): The inhibitory action of the sympathetic nerves on the smooth muscle of the rabbit gut, its reversal by reserpine and restoration by catecholamines and by dopa. J. Physiol. 156, 17-34.

Goltermann, N.R. (1982a): In vivo biosynthesis of cholecystokinin in hog cerebral cortex. Peptides 1, 101-104.

Goltermann, N.R. (1982b): In vivo synthesis of cholecystokinin in the rat cerebral cortex: Identification of COOH-terminal peptides with labeled amino acids. Peptides 3, 733-737.

Go1termann, N.R. (1985): The biosynthesis of cholecystokinin in neuronal tissue. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 495-506.

Goltermann, N., Rehfeld, J.F. and Roigaard-Petersen, H. (1980a): In vivo biosyntehsis of cholecystokinin in rat cerebral cortex. J-.-Biol. Chem. 255, 6181-6185.

Goltermann, N.R., Rehfeld, J.F. and Roigaard-Petersen, R. (1980b): Concentration and in vivo synthesis of cholecystokinin in subcortical regions Of the rat brain. J. Neurochem. 35, 479-483.

Goltermann, N.R., Rehfeld, J.R. and Roigaard-Petersen, H. (1980c): In vivo biosynthesis of cholecystokinin in rat cerebral cotex. J~Biol. Chem. 255, 6181-6185.

Goltermann, N.R., Stengaard-Pedersen, K., Rehfeld, J.F. and Christensen, N.J. (981): Newly synthetized cholecystokinin in subcellular fractions of the rat brain. J. Neurochem. 36, 959-965.

Grossman, M.I. (1970): Gastrin and its activities. Nature 228, 1147-1150.

Hahne, W.F., Jensen, R.T., Lemp, G.F. and Gardner, J.D. (1981): Proglumide and benzotript: Members of a different class of cholecystokinin receptor antagonists. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78, 6304.

Harper, A.A. and Raper, H.S. (943): Pacreozymin, a stimulant of the secretion of pancreatic enzymes in extracts of the small intestine. J. Physiol. 102, 115-125.

Hamberger, B. and Norberg, K.-A. (965): Studies on some systems of adrenergic synaptic terminals in the abdominal ganglia of the cat. Acta Physiol. Scand. 65, 235-241.

Hamberger, B., Norberg, K.-A. and Ingerstedt, U. (965): Adrenergic synaptic terminals in autonomic ganglia. Acta Physiol. Scand. 64, 285-286.

Harris, A.J. (1943): An experimental analysis of the inferior mesenteric plexus. J. Compo Neurol. 79, 1-17.

Page 299: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

223

Hartman, D.A. and Krier, J. (1984): Synaptic and antidromic potentials of visceral neurons in ganglia of the lumbar sympathetic chain of the cat. J. Physiol. 350 t 413-428.

Hartzell, H.C. (1981): Mechanisms of the slow postsynaptic potentials. Nature 291, 539-544.

Hays, S.E., Beinfeld, M.C, Jensen, R.T., Goodwin, F.K. and Paul, S.M. (1980): Demonstration of a putative receptor site for cholecystokinin in the brain. Neuropeptides 1, 53-62.

Hays, S.E., Houston, S.H., Beinfeld, M.C. and Paul, S.M. (1981): Postnatal ontogeny of cholecystokinin receptors in rat brain. Brain Res. 213, 237-241.

Hays, S.E. and Paul, S.M. (1981): Cholecystokinin receptors are increased in cerebral cortex of genetically obese rodents. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 70, 591-592.

Hays, S.E. and Paul, S.M. (1982): CCK receptors and human neurological disease. Life Sci. 31, 319-322.

Henon, B.K. and McAfee, D.A. (1983): The ionic basis of adenosine receptor actions on post-ganglionic neurones in the rat. J. Physio1. 336, 607-620.

Hinsey, J.C. and Gasser, H.S. (1930): The component of the'dorsa1 root mediating vasodilatation and the sherrington contracture. Am. J. Physiol. 92, 679-689.

Hokfelt, T., Elfvin, L.-G., Schu1tzberg, M., Goldstein, M. and Nilsson, G. (1977): On the occurrance of subs tance P-containing fibers in sympathetic ganglia: Immunohistochemical evidence. Brain Res. 132, 29-41. .

Hokfelt, T., Johansson, 0., Ljungdahl, A., Lundberg, J.M. and Schultzberg, M. (1980a): Peptidergic neurones. Nature 284, 515-521.

Hokfelt, T., Kellerth, J .-0. , Nilsson, G. and Pernon, B. (1975): Experimental immunohistochemical studies on the localization and distribution of substance P in cat primary sensory neurons 100, 235-252.

Hokfelt, T., Skirboll, L., Everitt, B., Meister, B., Brownstein, M., Jacob, T., Faden, A., Kuga, S., Goldstein, M., Markstein, R., Dockray, G. and Rehfeld, J. (1985): Distribution of cholecystokinin-like immunoreactivity in the nervous system: Co-existence with classical neurotransmitters and other neuropeptides. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J. and Crawley, J. N. ) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 255-273.

Page 300: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

224

Hokfelt, T. Skirboll, L., Rehfeld, J.G., Goldstein, M., Markey and Dann, O. (1980b): A subpopulation of mesencephalic dopamine neurons projecting to limbic areas contains a cholecystokinin-like peptide: Evidence from immunohistochemistry combined with retrograde tracing. Neurosci. 5, 2093-2124.

Hokfelt, T., Rehfeld, J.F., Skirboll, L., Ivemark, B., Goldstein, M. and Markey, K. (1980c): Evidence for coexistence of dopamine and CCK in mesolimbic neurons. Nature 285: 476-478.

Hsiao, S., Katsuura, G. and Itoh, S.L. (1984): Cholecystokinin tetrapeptide, proglumide and open-field behavior in rats. Life Sci. 34, 2165-2168.

Hutchison, J .B., Dimaline, R. and Dockray, G.J. (1981): Neuropeptides in the gut: Quantification and characterization of cholecystokinin octapeptide, bombesin, and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide-like immunoreactivities in the myenteric plexus of the guinea pig small intestine. Peptides 2, 23-30.

Ingersoll, E.R. and Jones, L.L. (1958): Effect upon the urinary bladder of unilateral stimulation of hypogastric nerves in the dog. Anat. Rec. 130, 605-615.

Innis, R.B., Gorrea, M.A., Uh1, G.R., Schneider,.B. and Snyder, S.H. (1979): Cholecystokinin octapeptide-like immunoreactivity: Histochemical localization in rat brain. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76, 521-525.

Innis, R.B. and Snyder, S.H. (1980): Uistinct Cholecystokinin receptors in brain and pancreas. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 6917-6921.

Ivy, A.C. and Goldberg, E. (1928): Hormone mechanism for gall bladder contraction and evacuation. Am. J. Physiol. 86, 599-613 •

• j!

Jan, Y.N., Jan, L.Y. and Kuffler, S.W. (1980): Further evidence for peptidergic transmission in sympathetic ganglia. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 5008-5012.

Jancso, G., Hokfelt, T., Lundberg, J.M., Kiraly, E., Halasz, N., Nilsson, G., Terenius, L., Rehfeld, J., Steinbasch, H., Verhofstad, A., E1de, R., Said, S. and Brown, M. (1981): Immunohistochemical studies of the effect of capsaicin on spinal and medullary peptide and monoamine neuron using antisera to substance P, gastrin/CCK, somatostatin, VIP, enkephalin, neurotensin and 5-hydroxytryptamine. J. Neurocytol. 10, 963-980.

Jeftinija, S., Miletic, V. and Randic, M. (1981): Cholecystokinin octapeptide excites dorsal horn neurons both in ~ and in vitro. Brain Res. 213, 231-236.

Jensen, R.T.,. Lemp. G.F. and Gardner, J.D. (1980): Interaction of cholecystokinin with specific membrane receptors on pancreatic

Page 301: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

225

acinar cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 2029-2083.

Jensen, R.T., Lemp, G.F. and Gardner, J.D. (1982): Interactions of COOH­terminal fragments of cholecystokinin with receptors on dispersed acini from guinea pig pancreas. J. Biol. Chem. 257, 5554-5559.

Jensen, R.T., Murphy, R.B., Trampota, M., Schneider, L.H., Jones, S.W., Howard, J.M. and Gardner, J.D. (1985): Proglumide analogues: Potent cholecystokinin receptor antagonists. Am. J. Physiol. 249, G2l4-G220.

Jessel, T.M., Iversen, L.L. and Cuello, A.C. (1978): Capsaicin-induced depletion of substance P from primary sensory neurons. Brain Res. 152, 183-188.

Jiang, Z.-G. and Dun, N.J. (1981): Multiple conductance change associated with the slow excitatory potential in mammalian sympathetic neurons. Brain Res. 229, 203-208.

Jiang, Z.-G. and Dun, N.J. (1982): Substance P: a putative sensory transmitter in mammalian autonomic ganglion. Sci. 217, 739-741.

Jiang, Z.-G., Dun, N.J. and Karczmar, A.G. (1982a): Substance P a putative sensory transmitter in mammalian autonomic ganglia. Sci. 217, 739-741.

Job, C. and Lundberg, A. (1952): Reflex excitation of cells in the inferior mesenteric ganglion on stimulation of the hypogastric nerve. Acta Physiol. Scand. 26, 366-382.

Johansson, B. and Langston, J.B. (1964): Reflex influence of mesenteric afferents on renal, intestinal and muscle blood flow and on intestinal motility. Acta Physiol. Scand.61, 400-412.

Johnson, L.R., Sterning, G.F. and Grossmann, M.1. (1970): Effect of sulfation on the gastrointestinal action of caeru1ein. Gastroent. 58, 208-216.

Jule, Y., Krier, J. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1983): Patterns of innervation of neurons in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat. J. Physiol. 344, 293-304.

Jule, Y. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1983): Electrophysiology of neurones of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat. J. Physiol. 344, 277-292.

Kadar, T., Penke, B., Kovacs, K. and Telegdy, G. (1984): The effects of sulfated and nonsul fated CCK octapeptides on electroconvulsive shock (ECS)-induced retrograde amnesia after i.c.v. administration in rats. Neuropeptides 4, 127-135.

Kaminski, D.L., Ruwart, M.J. and Jellinek, M. (1977): Structure-function relationships of peptide fragments of gastrin and cholecystokinin.

Page 302: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

226

Am. J. Physiol. 233, E286-E292.

Katayama, Y., Inokuchi, R. and Nishi, S. (1981): Voltage clamp study of the late slow excitatory postsynaptic current in bullfrog sympathetic ganglion cells. Neurosci. Lett. Supp1. 6, S 63.

Katz, B. and Thesleff, S. (1957): A study of the "desensitization produced by acetylcholine at the motor endp1ate. J. Physio1. 138, 63-80.

King, B.F. and Szurszewski, J.R. (1984a): An electro-physiological study of inferior mesenteric ganglion of the dog. J. Neurophysio1. 51, 607-615.

King, B.F. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1984b): Mechanoreceptor pathways from the distal colon to the autonomic nervous system in the guinea-pig. J. Physio1. 350, 93-107.

Koike, J., Kandel, E.R. and Schwartz, J.H. (1974): Synaptic ~elease of radioactivity after intrasomatic injection of cho1ine- H into an identified Cholinergic interneuron in abdominal ganglion of Ap1ysia Ca1ifornica. J. Neurophysio1. 37, 815-827.

Konishi, S. and Otsuka, M. (1985): Blockade of slow excitatory post-synaptic potential by substance P antagonists in guinea-pig sympathetic ganglia. J. Physiol. 361, 115-130.

Konishi, S., Otsuka, M., Folkers, K. and Rosell, S. (1983): A substance P antagonist blocks non-cholinergic slow excitatory potential in guinea pig sympathetic ganglia. Acta Physiol. Scand. 117, 157-160.

Konishi, S., Tsunoo, A. and Otsuka, M. (1979): Substance P and noncholinergic excitatory synaptic transmission in guinea pig sympathetic ganglia. Proc. Japan Acad. 55, 525-530.

Konishi, S., Tsunoo, A., Yanaihara, N. and Otsuka, M. (1980): Peptidergic excitatory and inhibitory synapses in mammalian sympathetic ganglia: roles of substance P and enkepha1in. Biomed. Res. 1, 528-536.

Konturek, S.J., Pucher, A. and Radecki, T. (1976): Comparison of vasoactive intestinal peptide and secretion in stimulation of pancreatic secretion. J. Physiol. 255, 497-509.

Kreu1en, D.L. (1982a): Intracellular recordings in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rat: Proc. Soc. Neurosci. 8, 553.

Kreu1en, D.L. (1982b): Properties and synaptic responses of inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. Physiologists 25, 313.

Kreulen, D.L. and Szurszewski, J. H. (1979a): Nerve pathways in celiac plexus of the guinea pig. Am. J. Physiol. 237, E90-E97.

Page 303: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

227

Kreu1en, D.L. and Szurszewski, J .H. (1979b): Reflex pathways in the abdominal prevertebra1 ganglia: evidence for a colo-colonic inhibitory reflex. J. Physiol. 295, 21-32.

Krier, J., Schmalz, P.F. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1982): Central innervation of neurons in the inferior mesenteric ganglion and of the large intestine of the cat. J. Physiol. 332, 125-138.

Krnjevic, K. and Phillis, J.W. (1963): Iontophoretic studies of neurones in the mammalian cerebral cortex. J. Physiol. 165, 274-304.

Kuba, K. and Koketsu, K. (1964): Ionic mechanism of the slow excitatory postsynaptic potential in bullfrog sympathetic ganglion cells. Brain Res. 81, 338-342.

Kuba, K. and Koketsu, K. (1976): Analysis of the slow excitatory postsynaptic potential in bullfrog sympathetic ganglion cells. Jap. J. Physiol. 26, 651-669.

Kuba, K. and Koketsu,K. (1978): Synaptic events in sympathetic ganglia. Prog. Neurobiol. 11, 77-169.

Kuntz, A. (1940): The structural organization of the inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Compo Neuro1. 72: 371-381.

Kuntz, A. (1953): The Autonomic Nervous System. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia.

Kuntz, A. (1956): Components of splanchnic and intermesenteric nerves. J. Compo Neurol. 105, 251-268.

Kuntz, A. and Saccomanno, G. (1944): Reflex inhibition of intestinal motility mediated through decentralized prevertebral ganglia. J. Neurophysiol. 7, 163-170.

Lamour, Y., Dutar, P. and Jobert, A. (1983): Effects of neuropeptides on rat cortical neurons: Laminar distribution and interaction with the effect of acetylcholine. Neuroscience 10, 107-117.

Langley, J.N. (1898): On the union of cranial autonomic (visceral) fibres with the nerve cells of the superior cervical ganglion. J. Physiol. 23, 240-270

Langley, J.N. (1901): Observations on the physiological action of extracts of the suprarenal bodies. J. Physio1. 27, 237-256.

Langley, J .N. and Anderson, H.K. (1895a): On the innervation of the pelvic and adjoining viscera, Part I. The lower portion of the intestine. J. Physiol. 18, 67-105.

Page 304: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

228

Langley, J .N. and Anderson, H.K. (1895b): On the innervation of the pelvic and adjoining viscera, Part IV. The internal generative organs. J. Physiol. 19, 122-130.

Langley, J .N. and Anderson, H.K. (896): On the innervation of the pelvic and adjoining viscera, Part VII. Anatomical observations. J. Physiol. 20, 372-406.

Langley, J.N. and Dickinson, W.L. (1889): On the local paralysis of the peripheral ganglia and on the connection of different classes of nerve fibres with them. Proc. Roy. Soc. (Lond.) 46, 423-431.

Larsson, L.,-I. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1979): Localization and molecular heterogeneity of cholecystokinin in the central and peripheral nervous system. Brain Res. 165, 201-218.

Lawson, J. (934): The role of the inferior mesenteric ganglia in the diphasic response of the colon to sympathetic stimuli. Am. J. Physio1. 109, 257-273.

Lawson, J. and Holt, J.P. (1937): The control of the large intestine by the decentralized inferior mesenteric ganglion. Am. J. Physiol. 118~ 780-785.

Learmonth, J.R. and Markowitz, J. (1929): Studies on the function of the lumbar sympathetic outflow. 1. The relation of the lumbar sympathetic outflow to the sphincter ani internus. Am. J. Physiol. 89, 686-691. '

Learmonth, J.R. and Markowitz, J. (1930): Studies on the innervation of the large bowel. II. The influence of the lumbar colonic nerves on the distal portion of the colon. Am. J. Physio1. 94, 501-504.

Leranth, Cs. and Ungvary, Gy. (1970): Termination in the prevertebra1 abdominal sympathetic ganglia ofaxons arising from the local (terminal) vegetative plexus of viscera organs, peripheral reflex arcs. Z. Zel1forsch 110, 185-191.

Libet, B. (1970): Generation of slow inhibitory and excitatory postsynaptic potentials. Fed. Proc. 29, 1945-1956.

Ljungdahi, A., Hokfe1t, T. and Nilsson, G. (1978): Distribution of substance P-1ike immunoreactivity in the central nervous system of the rat. I. Cell bodies and nerve terminals. Neurosci. 3, 861-943.

Lloyd, D.P. (1937): The transmission of impulses through the inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Physiol. 91, 296-313.

Loewi, o. (1921): Ueber humorale Uebertragbarkeit der Herznervenwirkung. Arch. ges-Physio1. 189, 239-242 •

Page 305: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

229

Loren, I., Alumets, J., Hakanson, R.H. and Sundler, F. (1979): Distribution of gastrin and cholecystokinin-like peptides in rat brain. Histochem. 59, 249-257.

Lotstra, F., Verbanck, P.M. , Gilles, C. , Medlewicz, J. and Vanderhaeghen, J.­J. (1985): Reduced cholecystokinin levels in cerebrospinal fluid of Parkinsonian and schizophr-enic patients: Effect of ceruletide in schizophrenia. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 507-517.

Lundberg, J.M., Hokfelt, T., Anggard, A., Uvorus-Wallensten, K., Brimijoin, S., Brodin, E. and Fahrenkrug, J. (1980): Peripheral peptide neurons: distribution, axonal transport and some aspects on possible function. In: "Neuronal Peptides and Neuronal Communication" (eds. Costa, E. and Trabucchi, M.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 25-36.

Lundberg, J.M., Hokfelt, T., Nilsson, G., Terenius, L., Rehfeld, J., Edle, R. and Said, S. (1978): Peptide neurons in the fagus, splanchnic and sciatic nerves. Acta Physiol. Scand. 104, 499-501.

Maciewicz, R., Phipps, B.S., Foote, W.E., Aronin, N. and DiLiglia (1983): The distribution of substance P-containing neurons in the cat Edinger­Westphal nucleus. Relationship to efferent projection systems. Brain Res. , 270-217.

Maderdrut, J.L., Yaksh, T.L., Petrusz, P. and Go, V.L.W. (1982): Origin and distribution of cholecystokinin-containing nerve terminals in the llumbar dorsal horn and nucleus caudalis of the cat. Brain Res. 243, 363-368.

Magous, R. and Bali, J.P. (1983): Evidence that proglumide and benzotript antagonize secretagogue stimulation of isolated gastric purietal cells. Reg. Peptides 7, 233-241.

Mantyh, P. W. and Hunt, S.P. (1984): Evidence for cholecystokinin-like immunoreactive neurons in the rat medulla oblongata, project to the spinal cord. Brain Res. 291, 49-54.

Maruyama, Y. and Petersen, O.H. (1982): Single-channel currents in isolated patches of plasma membrane from basal surface of pancreatic acini. Nature 299, 159-161. -

Marley, P.D., Nagy, J.E., Emson, P.C. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1982): Cholecystokinin in the rat spinal cord: Distribution and lack of effect of neonatal capsaicin treatment and rhizotomy. Brain Res. 238, 494-498.

Marley, P.D. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1984): Extraction techniques for gastrins and cholecystokinin in the rat central nervous system. J. Neurochem. 42, 1515-1522.

Page 306: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

230

Marley, P.D., Rehfeld, J.F. and Emson, P.C. (1984): Distribution and chromatographic characterization of gastrin and cholecystokinin in the rat central nervous system. J. Neurochem. 42, 1536-1541.

Matthews, M.R. and Cuello, C.A. (1982): Substance P-hmmunoreactive peripheral branches of sensory neurons innervate guinea pig sympathetic neurons. Proc. Natl. Acad. USA 79, 1668-1672.

Matthews, M.R. and Raisman, G. (1969): The ultrastructure and somatic efferent synapses of small granule-containing cells in the superior cervical ganglion. J. Anat. 105, 255-282.

McCaman, R.E., McKenna, D.G. and Ono, J.K. (1977): A pressure system for intracellular and extracellular ejections of picoliter volume. Brain Res. 136, 141-147.

McLennan, H. and Pascoe, J.E. (1954): The origin of certain non-medullated nerve fibres which form synapses in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. J. Physiol. 124, 145-156.

Mezey, E., Reisine, T.D., Skirboll, L.R., Beinfeld, M. and Kiss, J.Z. (1985): Cholecystokinin in the medial parvocellular subdivision of the paraventricular nucleus: coexistence with corticotropin-releasing hormone. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J . and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 152-156.

M'Fadden, G.D.F., Loughridge, J.S. and Mieroy, T.H. (1935): The nerve control 'of the distal colon. Q.J. Exp. Physiol. 25, 315-327.

Minota, S., Dun, N.J. and Karczmar, A.G. (1981): Substance P-induced depolarization in sympathetic neurons: not simple K-inactivation. Brain Res. 216, 224-228.

Mitchell, G.A.G. (1953): Anatomy of the autonomic nervous system. Livingstone, E. and S. Ltd., Edinburgh.

Morin, M.I., DeMarch, P., Champagnant, J-J., Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Rossier, J. and Denavitsaubie (1983): Inhibitory effect of cholecystokinin octapeptide on neurons in the nucleus tractus solitarius. Brain Res. 265, 333-338.

Morley, J.E. (1982): The ascent of cholecystokinin (CCK) from gut and brain. Life Sci. 30, 479-493.

Morley, J. S. (1968): Structure-function relationships in gastrin-like peptide. Proc. Roy Soc. B 170, 97-111.

Morley, J.E., Levine, A.S., Bartness, T.J., Nizielski, S.E., Shaw, M.J. and Hughes, J.J. (1985): Species differences in the response to cholecystokinin. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp.

Page 307: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

231

413-416.

Morley, J.S., Tracy, H.J. and Gregory, R.A. (1965): Structure-function relationships in the active C-terminal tetrapeptide sequence of gastrin~ Nature 207, 1356-1359.

Moroji, T., Watanabe, N., Aoki, N. and Itoh, S. (1982): Antipsychotic effects of ceruletide (caerulein) on chronic schizophrenia. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 39, 485-486.

Moseley, R.L. (1936): Preganglionic connections of intramural ganglia of urinary bladder. Proc. Soc. Exp. BioI. 34, 728-730.

Moss, M.S. and Basbaum, A.!. (1982): The peptidergic organization of the cat periaqueductal gray. II. The distribution of immunoreactive substance P and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide. J. Neurosci. 3, 1437-1499.

Muller, J.E., Straus, E. and Yalow, R.S. (1977): Cholecystokinin and its COOH terminal octapeptide in the big brain. Proc. Nat!. Acad. Sci. USA 76, 3035-3037.

Murase, K., Nedeljkov, V. and Randic, M. (1982): Reactions of neuropeptides on dorsal horn neurons in the rat spinal cord slice preparation: An intracellular study. Brain Res. 234, 170-176.

Murase, K. and Randic, M. (1984): Actions of substance P on rat spinal dorsal horn neurons. J. Physiol. 346, 203-217.

Mutt, V. (1976): Further investigations on intestinal hormonal polypeptides. Clin. Endocrinol. 5, 175S-183S.

Mutt, V. and Jorpes, J.E. (1966): Cholecystokinin and pancreozymin one single hormone? Acta Physiol. Scand. 66, 196-202.

Mutt, V. and Jorpes, J.E. (1968): Structure of porcine cholecystokinin pancreozymin I. Cleavage with thrombin and with trypsin. Eur. J. Biochem. 6, 156-162.

Nagy, J.I. Vincent, S.R., Staines, Hm. A., Fibiger, H.C., Reisine, T.D. and Yamamura, H.I. (1980): Neurotoxic action of capsaicin on spinal substance P neurons. Brain Res. 186, 435-444.

Neild, T.O. (1978): Slowly-developing depolarization of neurons in the guinea-pig inferior mesenteric ganglion following repetitive stimulation of the preganglionic nerves. Brain Res. 140, 231-239.

Nemeth, P.R., Zafirov, D.H. and Wood, J.D. (1985): Effects of cholecystokinin, caerulein and pentagastrin on electrical behavior of myenteric neurons. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 116, 263-269.

Page 308: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

232

Nilsson, S. (1983): Autonomic Nerve Function in the Vertebrates. Springer­Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Vol. 13, pp. 253.

Obata, K., Takeda, K. and Shinozaki, H. (970): Electrophoretic release of aminobutyric acid and glutamic acid from micropipettes. Neuropharmacol. 9, 191-194.

o 'Donohue, T.L., Beinfeld, M.C., Chey, W.Y., Chang, T.M., Nilaver, G., Zimmerman, E.A., Yajima, H., Adachi, H., Poth, M., Mc Devitt, R.P. and Jacobwitz, D.M. (1981): Identification, characterization and distribution of motilin immunoreactivity in the rat central nervous system. Peptides 2, 467-477.

Olgarth, L., Gazelius, B., Brodin, E. and Nilsson, G. (1977): Release of substance P-like immunoreactivity from the dental pulp. Acta Physiol. Scand. 101, 510-512.

Oscarsson, o. (1955): On the functional organization of the two presynaptic systems to the colonic nerve neurons of the inferior mesenteric ganglion in the cat. Acta Physiol. Scand. 35, 153-166.

Otsuka, M., Konishi, S., Yanagisawa, M., Tsunoo, A. and Akagi, H. (982): Role of substance P as a sensory transmitter in spinal cord and sympathetic ganglia in substance P in the nervous system. Ciba Foundation Symposium 91, Pitman, London, pp. 13-30.

Otsuka, M. Takahashi, T. (1977): Putative peptide neurotransmitters. Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. 17, 425-439.

Owman, C., AIm, P. and Sjoberg, N.-O. (1983): Pelvic autonomic ganglia: Structures transmitters, function and steroid influence. In: "Autonomic Ganglia" (ed. Elfvin, L.-G.) John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Palkovits, M., Zaborsky, L., Brownstein, M.J., Fekete, M.I.K., Herman, J.P. and Kanyicska, B. (979): Distribution of norepinephrine and dopamine in cerebral cortical areas of the rat. Brain Res. Bull. 4, 593-601.

Paton, W.D. and Zar, A. (1968): The orlgln of acetylcholine released from guinea pig intestine and longitudinal muscle strips. J. Physiol. 194, 13-33.

Peggion, E., Mammi, S., Palumbo, M., Moroder, L. and Wunsch, E. (1983): Interaction of calcium ions with specific hormones of the gastrin family. Biopolymers 22, 2443-2457.

Peikin, S., Gostenbader, C.L., Gardner, J.D. (979): Actions of derivatives of cyclic nucleotides on dispersed acini from guinea pig pancreas discovery of a competitive antagonist of the action of cholecystokinin. J. BioI. Chem. 254, 5321-5327.

Page 309: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

233

Peikin, S.R., Rottman, A.J., Batzri, S. and Gardner, J.D. (1978): Kinetics of amylase release by dispersed acini prepared from guinea pig pancreas. Am. J. Physiol. 235, E743-E749.

Penke, B., Kovacs, G.L., Zsigo, J., Kadar, T., Szabo, G., Kovacs, K. and Telegdy, G. (1985): In vivo sulfation of cholecystokinin octapeptide: possible -interaCtions of the two forms of cholecystokinin with 'dopamine in the brain. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 293-305.

Peters, S. and Kreulen, D.L. (1984): A slow EPSP in mammalian inferior mesenteric ganglion persists after in vivo capsaicin. Brain Res. 303, 186-189. ---

Peters, S. and Kreulen, D.L. (1985): Vasopressin-mediated slow EPSPs in a mammalian sympathetic ganglion. Brain Res. 339, 126-129.

Peters, S. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Fast and slow synaptic potentials produced in a mammalian sympathetic ganglion by colon distension. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83, In Press.

Petersen, O.H. and Philpott, H.G. (1979): Pancreatic acinar cells: Effects of micro-ionophoretic polypeptide application on membrane potential and resistance. J. Physiol. 290, 305-315.

Phillis, J. W. and Kirkpatrick, J .R. (1978): Actions of various gastrointestinal peptides on the isolated amphibian spinal cord. Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 57, 887-899.

Phillis, J.W. and Kirkpatrick, J.R. (1980): The actions of mo ti lin , leutenizing hormone, releasing hormone, cholecystokinin, somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide and other peptides on rat cerebral cortical neurons. Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 58, 612-623.

Philpott, H.G. and Petersen, O.H. (1979): Separate activation sites for cholecystokinin and bombesin on pancreatic acini an electrophysio1ogica1 study employing a competitive antagonist for the action of CCK. Pflugers Arch. 382, 263-267.

Randall, W.C., Cox, J.W., Alexander, W.F. and Coldwater, K.E. (1955): Direct examination of the sympathetic outflows in man. J. Appl. Physiol. 7, 688-698.

Rehfeld, J.F. (1978a): Localization of gastrin in neuro- and adenohypophysis. Nature, 271, 771-773.

Rehfeld, J.F. (l978b): Immunochemical studies on cholecystokinin. II. Distribution and molecular heterogeneity in the central nervous system and small intestine of man and hog. J. BioI. Chem. 253, 4022-

Page 310: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

234

4030.

Rehfeld, J.F. (1980): Cholecystokinin. TINS, March, 65-67.

Rehfeld, J.F., Hansen, H.F., Larsson, L.-I., Stengaard-Pedersen, K. and Thorn, M.A. (1984): Gastrin and cholecystokinin in pituitary neurons. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 1902-1905.

Rehfeld, J.F., Hansen, H.F., Marley, P.D. andStengaard-Pederserl, K. (985): Molecular forms of cholecystokinin in the brain and the relationship to neuronal gastrin. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.~Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 11-23.

Rehfeld, J.F. and Kruse-Larsen, C. (1978): Gastrin and cholecystokinin in human cerebrospinal fluids: Immunochemical studies on concentrations and molecular heterogeneity. Brain Res. 155, 19-26.

Rehfeld, J.F., Larsson, L.-I., Goltermann, N., Schwartz, T.W., Holst, J.J., Jensen, S.L. and Morley, J.S. (1980): Neural regulation of pancreatic' hormone secretion by the C-terminal tetrapeptide of CCK. Nature 284, 33-38.

Rehfeld, J.F. and Lundberg, J.M. (983): Cholecystokinin in feline vagal and sciatic nerves: Concentration, molecular form and transport velocity. Brain Res. 275, 341-347.

Rogawski, M.A. (1982): Cholecystokinin octapeptide: Effects on the excitability of cultured spinal neurons. Peptides 3, 545-551.

Rogers, R.C. (1985): An inexpensive picoliter-volume pressure ejection system. Brain Res. Bull. 15, In Press.

Ross, J.P. (1935): The results of sympathectomy: an analysis of the cases reported by fellows of the association of surgeons. Br. J. Surg. 23, 433-443.

Saito, A., Sankaran, H., Goldfine, I.D. Cholecystokinin receptors in the distribution. Sci. 208, 1155-1158.

and Williams, J.A. (980): brain characterization and

Saito, A., Goldfine, I.D. and Williams, J.A. (1981): Characterization of receptors for cholecystokinin and related peptides in mouse cerebral cortex. J. Neurochem. 37, 483-490.

Sakai, M., Swartz, Barbara E. and Woody, C.D. (1979): Controlled micro release of pharmacological agents: measurements of volune ejected in vitro through fine tipped glass microelectrodes by pressure:-Neuropharmacol. 18, 209-213. .

Salt, T.E. and Hill, R.G. (1982): The effects of C-terminal fragments of

Page 311: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

235

colecystokinin on the firing of single neurons in the caudal trigeminal nucleus of the rat. Neuropeptides 2, 301-306.

Sankaran, H., Bailey, A.C. and Williams, J.A., (1981): CCK-4 contains the full hormonal information of cholecystokinin in isolated pancreatic acini. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 103, 1356-1362. .

Sankaran, H., Goldfine, I.D., Deveney, C.W., Wong, K.-Y. and Williams, J.A., (1980): Binding of cholecystokinin to high affinity receptors on isolated rat pancreatic acini. J. BioI. Chem. 255, 1849-1853.

Sato, T., Takayanagi, 1. and Takagi, K. (1973): Pharmacological properties of electrical activities obtained from neurons in Auerbach's plexus. Japan J. Pharmacol. 23, 665-671.

Schroder, H.D. (1983): Localization of cholecystokinin-like immunoreactivity in the rat spinal cord with particular reference to the autonomic innervation of the pelvic organs. J. Compo Neural. 217, 176-186.

Schultzberg, M., Dockray, G.J. and Williams, R.G. (1982): Capsaicin depletes CCK-like immunoreactivity detected by immunohistochemistry, but not that measured by radioimmunoassay in rat dorsal spinal cord. Brain Res. 235, 198-204.

Schultzberg, M., Hokfelt, T., Nilsson, G., Tetenius, L., Rehfeld, J.F., Brown, M., Edle, R., Goldstein, M. and Said, S. (1980): Distribution of peptide- and catecholamine-containing neurons in the gastro­intestinal tract of rat and guinea pig: immunohistochemical studies with antisera to substance P, vasoactive intestinal polypeptide, enkephalins, gastrin 1, cholecystokinin, neurotension, somatostatin and dopamine -hydroxylase. Neurosci. 5, 689-744.

Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1985): Characterization of synaptic transmission in the inferiolo mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. Soc. Neurosci. 11, 465.

Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Action of cholecystokinin octapeptide in vitro on neurons in inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., Submitted.

Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Cholecystokinin-related peptides have excitatory actions in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig. Gastroentrol. 90, 1622.

Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Evidence that cholecystokinin is a neurotransmitter in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig. Soc. Neurosci., Submitted.

Sejnowski, T.J. (1982): Peptidergic synaptic transmission in sympathetic ganglia. Fed. Proc. 41, 2923-2928.

Page 312: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

236

Simmons, M.A. (1985): The complexity and diversity of synaptic transmission in the prevertebral sympathetic ganglia. Prog. Neurobiol. 24, 43-93.

Simmons, M.A. and Dun, N.J. (1985): Synaptic transmission in the rabbit inferior mesenteric ganglion. J. Autonom. Nerv. Syst. 14, 335-350.

Skirboll, L.R., Grace, A.A., Hommer, D.W., Rehfeld, J., Goldstein, M., Hokfelt, T. and Bunney, B.S. (1981): Peptide monoamine coexistence­studies of the actions of cholecystokinin-like peptide on the electrical activity of midbrain dopamine neurons. Neurosci. 6, 2111-2124.

Skirboll, L., Hokfelt, T., Dockray, G., Rehfeld, J., Brownstein, M. and Cuello, A.C. (1983): Evidence for periaqueducta1 cholecystokinin­substance P neurons projecting to the spinal cord. J. Neurosci.3, 1151-1157.

Skirboll, L., Hokfelt, T., Rehfeld, J., Cuello, A.C. and Dockray, G.C. (1982): Coexistence of substance P and cholecystokinin-like immunoreactivity in neurons of the mesencephalic periaqueductal gray. Neurosci. Lett. 28, 35-39.

Skofitsch, G., Zamir, N., Helke, C.J., Savitt, J.M. and Jacobowitz (1985): Corticotropin releasing factor-like immunoreactivity in sensory ganglia and capsaicin sensitive neurons of the rat central nervous system: colocalization with other neuropeptides. Peptides 6, 307-318.

Skok, V.I. (1~73): Physiology of autonomic ganglia, Igaku Shoin Ltd, Tokyo, pp. 197.

Small, R.C. (1972): Transmission from intramural inhibitory neurones to circular smooth muscle of the rabbit caecum and the effects of catecholamines. Br. J. Pharmacol. 45, 149-150.

Smith, G.P. (1983): The peripheral control of appetite. Lancet 2, 88-90.

Stone, T. W. (1985): Microiontrophoresis and pressure ejection IBRO Handbook Series: Methods in the Neurosciences. Vol. 8, John Wiley & Sons. pp. 214.

Studler, J.M., Javoy-Agid, F.F. Cesselin, F., Legrand, J.C. and Agid, Y. (1982): CCK-8-immunoreactivity distribution in human brain: selective decrease in the substantia nigra from Parkinsonian patients. Brain Res. 243: 176-179.

Studler, M., Reibaud, M., Tramu, G., Blanc, G., Glowinski, J. and Tassin, J.P. (1985): Distinct properties of cholecystokinin-8 neurons innervating the nucleus accumbens. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin"

Page 313: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

237

(eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 293-305.

Szurszewski, J .H. (1981): Physiology of mammalian prevertebral ganglia. Ann. Rev. Physiol. 43, 53-68.

Szurszewski, J .H. and Weems, W.A. (1976): A study of peripheral input to and its control by post-ganglionic neurones of the inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Physiol. 256, 541-556.

Te1egdy, G., Fekete, M. and Kadar, T. (1982): Cholecystokinin in the brain. Intern. Med. 2, 2-5.

Te1egdy, G., Kadar, T., Kovacs, K. and Penke, B. (1984): The inhibition of tail pinch-induced food intake by CCK octapeptides and their fragments. Life Sci. 35, 163-176.

Tracy, h.J. and Gregory, R.A. (1964): Physiological properties of a series of synthetic peptides structurally related to gastrin I. Nature 204, 935-938.

Trumble, H.C. (1933): Parasympathetic nerve supply to distal colon. M.J. Australia 2, 149-150.

Tsunoo, A., Konishi, S. and Otsuka, M. (1982): Substance P as an excitatory transmitter of primary afferent neurons in guinea-pig sympathetic ganglia. Neurosci. 7, 2025-2037.

Ungvary, G. and Leranth, C. (1970): Termination in the prevertebral sympathetic ganglia ofaxons arising from the local (terminal) vegetative plexus of visceral organs. Z. Zellforsch. Mikrosk Anat. 110, 185-191.

Urban, L. and Randic, M. (1984): Slow excitatory transmission in rat dorsal horn: Possible mediation by peptide. Brain Res. 290, 336-341.

Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Goldman, S., Lotstra, F., Van Reeth, 0., Deschepper, C., Rossier, I. and Schiffmann, S. (1985): Co-existence of cholecystokinin or gastrin-like peptides with other peptides in the hypophysis and the hypothalamus. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 334-344.

Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Lotstra, F., Mey, J.De and Gilles, C. (1980): Immunohistochemical localization of cholecystokinin- and gastrin­like peptides in the brain and hypophysis of the rat. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 1190-1194.

Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Signeau, J.C. and Gepts, W. (1975): New peptide in the vertebrate CNS reacting with gastrin antibodies. Nature 257, 604-605.

Page 314: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

238

Vizi, E.S., Bertaccini, G., Impicciatore, M. and Knoll, J. (1972): Acetylcholine-releasing effect of gastrin and related polypeptides. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 17, 175-178.

Vizi, E.S., Bertaccini, G., Impicciatore, M., Mantovani, P., Zseli, J. and Knoll, J. (1974): Structure-activity relationship of some analogues of gastrin and cholecystokinin on intestinal smooth muscle of the guinea pig. Naunyn-Schmiedeb. Arch. Pharmacol. 284, 233-243.

Voigt, M.M. and Wang, R. Y. (1984): In vivo release of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens of the rat: ModuiatiOIiby cholecystokinin. Brain Res. 296, 189-193.

Walsh, J.R. and Grossman, M.I. (1975): Gastrin. New Eng. J. Med. 292, 1324-1332.

Weems, W.A. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1977): Modulation of colonic motility by peripheral neural inputs to neurons of the inferior mesenteric ganglia. Gastroenterology 73, 273-278.

Weems, W.A. and Szurszewski, J.R. (1978): An intracellular analysis of some intrinsic factors controlling neural output from inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pigs. J. Neurophysiol. 41, 305-321.

Weiss, J. (1979): Proglumide after 10 years: A review of clinical results. In: "Proglumide and Other Gastric Receptor Antagonists" (eds. Weiss, J. and Miederer, S.F.) Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, pp. 113-131.

White, F.J. and Wang, R.Y. (1984): Interactions of cholecystokinin octapeptide and dopamine on nucleus accumbens neurons. Brain Res. 300, 161-166.

Willetts, J., Urban, L., Muraseiki and Randic, M. (1985): Action of cholecystokinin octapeptide on rat spinal dorsal horn neurons. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J •. -N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 385-402.

Williams, T.R. (1967). Electron microscopic evidence for an autonomic interneuron. Nature, 214, 309-310.

Wood, J.D. (1983): Neurophysiology of parasympathetic and enteric ganglia. In: "Autonomic Ganglia" (ed. Elfvin, L.-G.) John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., pp. 367-398.

Yaksh, T.L., Abay, E.O., II and Go, V.L.M. (1982): Studies on the location and release of cholecystokinin and vasoactive intestinal peptide in rat and cat spinal cord. Brain Res. 242, 279-290.

Yau, W.M., Makhlouf, G.M., Edwards, L.E. and Farrar, T. (1974): The action of cholecystokinin and related peptides on guinea pig small intestine.

Page 315: repository.arizona.edu · 2020. 4. 2. · INFORMATION TO USERS This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced

239

Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 52, 298-303.

Zarbin, M.A., Innis, R.B., Wamsley, J.K., Snyder, S.H. and Kuhar, M.J. (1981a): Autoradiographic localization of CCK receptors in giunea pig brain. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 71, 349-350.

Zarbin, M.A., Warmsley, J.K., Innis, R.B. and Kuhar, M.J. (1981b): Cholecystokinin receptors: presence and axonal flow in the rat vagus nerve. Life Sci. 29, 697-705.

Zieglgansberger, W., Herz, A. and Teschemacher, H. (1969): Electrophoretic release of tritium labelled glutamic acid from micropipette in vitro. Brain Res. 15, 298-300.


Recommended